WO2022247888A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022247888A1
WO2022247888A1 PCT/CN2022/095139 CN2022095139W WO2022247888A1 WO 2022247888 A1 WO2022247888 A1 WO 2022247888A1 CN 2022095139 W CN2022095139 W CN 2022095139W WO 2022247888 A1 WO2022247888 A1 WO 2022247888A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time period
time
indication information
uplink transmission
available
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/095139
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
宣一荻
谢信乾
郭志恒
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022247888A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022247888A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • uplink power control is a technology that can achieve better coverage and transmission rate.
  • terminal devices or edge users
  • the path loss is relatively large, and these edge users can use higher transmit power than terminal devices (central users) that are closer to the base station to compensate for the The path loss caused by distance transmission enables edge users to obtain better uplink coverage and transmission rate performance.
  • terminal equipment configured with high-capacity power amplifiers (or power amplifiers) can transmit signals with a higher than the maximum transmission power specified in the standard in a short period of time, so that the terminal equipment can transmit signals at high power instantaneously.
  • the transmission rate of the terminal device is increased, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the energy available for the terminal device for uplink transmission may be insufficient.
  • the terminal device may cause insufficient If the uplink signal transmission fails, the uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate will be affected.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for improving uplink coverage and transmission rate.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a terminal device or may also be applied to a chip inside the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units; and sends first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission energy.
  • the terminal device can send available uplink transmission energy to the network device within the first time period, avoiding the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy.
  • it can reduce the waste of uplink resources caused by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices.
  • it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission caused by insufficient energy of the terminal equipment, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of the terminal equipment.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window;
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
  • the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message , or media access control control element (media access control control element, MAC CE), or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
  • the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period
  • the average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
  • the available uplink transmission energy or the average transmission power of the uplink transmission signal in the first time period is indicated by indexing, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
  • the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
  • the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
  • the first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
  • the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the first field indicates the power headroom level
  • the second field indicates the first indication information
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the method further includes:
  • Sending the first indication information to the network device includes: sending the first indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the third time unit received from the network device K time units after the time unit of the indication information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, where k is a natural number; or,
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
  • the method further includes: triggering a reporting process of the first indication information according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires
  • the configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • At least one of the timer that triggers the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device or may also be applied to a chip inside the network device.
  • the network device sends indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal equipment; receives first indication information from the terminal equipment on the physical uplink channel resources, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment is within the first time period Available uplink transmission energy, the first time period includes multiple time units; wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window;
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
  • the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
  • the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period
  • the average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the available uplink transmission energy is determined according to the index of the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy.
  • the method further includes:
  • the available uplink transmission energy is determined, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
  • the terminal device determines the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the second corresponding relationship; according to this determination and the number of all time units included in the first time period to determine the available uplink transmission energy.
  • the first time period is sent by the terminal device to the network device, or the first time period is determined by the network device itself.
  • the network device can directly or indirectly obtain the available uplink transmission energy of the terminal device according to the first indication information, thereby avoiding scheduling terminal devices with insufficient energy, thereby reducing waste of resources caused by scheduling unnecessary terminal devices.
  • the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
  • the first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
  • the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the first field indicates the power headroom level
  • the second field indicates the first indication information
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target resources are used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals; or, according to the first indication information, determine that resources within the first time period are not used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals.
  • the network device can determine whether to schedule the terminal device within the first time period and the target resource when scheduling the terminal device according to the first indication information, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling a terminal device with insufficient available uplink transmission energy, and also reduce network device resources waste.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a terminal device or may also be applied to a chip inside the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink transmission time length; sends second indication information to the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length; wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the terminal device based on the first time
  • the number of time units capable of sending uplink signals determined by the available uplink transmission energy within the segment, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission.
  • the terminal device can send the available uplink time length to the network device to indicate the network device the available uplink transmission energy of the terminal, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy.
  • it can reduce network device scheduling.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the second indication information is the available uplink sending time length, or an index of the available uplink sending time length, or the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period, or the available uplink sending time length The index of the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  • the available uplink transmission time length or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period is indicated by indexing, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
  • the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
  • the method when the second indication information is an index of an available uplink sending time length, the method further includes: determining an index of an available uplink sending time length according to the available uplink sending time length and the third corresponding relationship, Wherein, the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length; when the second indication information is the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, the method It also includes: according to the available uplink transmission time length and the fourth corresponding relationship, an index for determining the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the available uplink transmission time length and the preset time period The corresponding relationship between the ratio of the length and the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  • the third correspondence and/or the fourth correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
  • the third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the third field indicates the power headroom level
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
  • the length of the second indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the method further includes:
  • Sending the second indication information to the network device includes: sending the second indication information to the network device on a physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the fifth time unit received from the network device m time units after the time unit of the indication information, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, where m is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the time unit sent by the network device
  • the configuration information is determined.
  • the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
  • the method further includes: triggering a reporting process of the second indication information according to at least one second trigger event as follows:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires
  • the configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
  • At least one of the timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, and the sixth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device or may also be applied to a chip inside the network device.
  • the network device sends indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
  • the receiving terminal device sends the second indication information on the physical uplink channel resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length; wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is determined by the terminal device based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period
  • the number of time units capable of sending uplink signals, the first time period includes multiple time units, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission, and the physical uplink channel resources are physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources and/or physical uplink Control channel PUCCH resources.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
  • the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
  • the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
  • the method when the second indication information is an index of an available uplink transmission time length, the method further includes: determining the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship, Wherein, the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length; when the second indication information is the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, the method It also includes: determining the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the preset time period according to the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the preset time period length and the fourth corresponding relationship, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the available uplink sending time length The corresponding relationship between the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  • the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
  • the third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the third field indicates the power headroom level
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second indication information determine target resources within the first time period, and the target resources are used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals; or, according to the second indication information, determine that resources within the first time period are not used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals.
  • the network device can determine whether to schedule the terminal device within the first time period and the target resource when scheduling the terminal device according to the second indication information, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling a terminal device with insufficient available uplink transmission energy, and also reduce network device resources waste.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed inside the terminal device.
  • the communication device include:
  • a processing unit configured to determine available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes a plurality of time units;
  • a transceiver unit configured to send first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission energy.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window;
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit in the time window; and/or,
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
  • the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
  • the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period
  • the average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, determine the index of available uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein, The first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
  • the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period
  • the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
  • the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
  • the first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
  • the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the first field indicates the power headroom level
  • the second field indicates the first indication information
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device;
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the third time unit received from the network device K time units after the time unit of the indication information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, where k is a natural number; or,
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
  • the processing unit is further configured to trigger the reporting process of the first indication information according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires
  • the configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • At least one of the timer that triggers the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
  • a communication device may be a network device or a chip disposed inside the network device.
  • the communication device may be a network device or a chip disposed inside the network device.
  • this device include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the terminal device on the physical uplink channel resource, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device can use uplink transmission energy within a first time period, and the first time period includes a plurality of A time unit; wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window;
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
  • the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
  • the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period
  • the average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the second corresponding relationship; According to the determined average transmission power and the number of all time units included in the first time period, available uplink transmission energy is determined.
  • the first time period is sent by the terminal device to the network device, or the first time period is determined by the network device itself.
  • the device further includes a processing unit,
  • the processing unit is configured to, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, determine the available uplink transmission energy according to the index of available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence is the available uplink transmission energy and Correspondence between indexes of available uplink sending energy.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, when the first indication information is the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period and the second corresponding relationship, Determining available uplink transmission energy, wherein the second correspondence is a correspondence between the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period.
  • the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
  • the first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
  • the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the first field indicates the power headroom level
  • the second field indicates the first indication information
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
  • the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, according to the first indication information, determine the target resource within the first time period, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or, according to the first indication information, determine Resources within the first time period are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed inside the terminal device.
  • the communication device include:
  • a processing unit configured to determine the length of available uplink sending time
  • a transceiver unit configured to send second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit uplink signals determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is used for The energy sent by the uplink signal.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
  • the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  • the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
  • the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
  • the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, when the second indication information is an index of available uplink sending time length, determine the index of available uplink sending time length according to the available uplink sending time length and the third corresponding relationship , wherein the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink sending time length and the index of the available uplink sending time length;
  • the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length
  • the index, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the corresponding relationship between the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period.
  • the third correspondence and/or the fourth correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
  • the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
  • the third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the third field indicates the power headroom level
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  • the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
  • a logical channel ID logical channel ID, LCID
  • the LCID is a preset value
  • the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
  • the length of the second indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device; and send second indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resources;
  • the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the fifth time unit received from the network device m time units after the time unit of the indication information, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, where m is a natural number; or,
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
  • the processing unit is also used to:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires
  • the configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
  • At least one of the timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, and the sixth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
  • a communication device may be a network device or a chip disposed inside the network device.
  • the communication device include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the second indication information on the physical uplink channel resource by the receiving terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit uplink signals determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is used for Energy for sending an uplink signal, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
  • the time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window;
  • the time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or a ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to a preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
  • the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units during which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
  • the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
  • the device further includes a processing unit,
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship when the second indication information is the index of the available uplink transmission time length, wherein the third corresponding relationship is the available uplink transmission time length The corresponding relationship between the sending time length and the index of the available uplink sending time length;
  • the available uplink transmission time is determined according to the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the fourth corresponding relationship The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, wherein the fourth correspondence is the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period relation.
  • the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
  • the third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the third field indicates the power headroom level
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  • the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, according to the second indication information, determine the target resource within the first time period, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or, according to the second indication information, determine Resources within the first time period are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so that the device executes the method in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation manner of this aspect.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes an interface circuit, and the processor is coupled to the interface circuit.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation manner of this aspect.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a chip
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver
  • the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and may receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned aspects or any possible implementation manners of this aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
  • a non-transitory memory such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM)
  • ROM read only memory
  • the processing device in the eleventh aspect above can be a chip, and the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.;
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or an instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes any one of the above aspects or this aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the computer performs any one of the above-mentioned aspects or the A method in any one of the possible implementations of the aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device using instantaneous high-power transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 a is the schematic diagram of a kind of MAC CE format that the embodiment of the present application provides;
  • Fig. 6 b is the schematic diagram of another kind of MAC CE format that the embodiment of the present application provides;
  • Figure 6c is a schematic diagram of another MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8a is a schematic diagram of a related time window provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technology provided by the embodiment of this application can be applied to the communication system 10 shown in FIG. or multiple core network devices to implement communication among multiple communication devices.
  • the communication system may support, for example, a communication system of 2G, 3G, 4G, or 5G (sometimes also called new radio, NR) access technology, a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, a third generation partnership project ( 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related cellular system, a communication system that supports the integration of multiple wireless technologies, or a future-oriented evolution system.
  • a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above-mentioned devices (such as a communication module, modem, or system-on-a-chip, etc.).
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios.
  • cellular communication device-to-device communication
  • D2D device-to-device, D2D
  • car-to-everything vehicle to everything
  • V2X machine-to-machine/mach
  • the terminal equipment may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • access station UE station
  • remote station wireless communication device
  • wireless communication device or user device, etc.
  • the terminal equipment is referred to in this application as UE is taken as an example for description.
  • the network equipment in this application includes, for example, access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, and/or core network (core network, CN) equipment.
  • the access network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, and is used for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to the base station (BTS, Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB) in the above-mentioned communication system, the transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, and the WiFi system Access nodes, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, and the like. Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same access technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different access technologies.
  • a base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and reception points.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device can also be a server, a wearable device, or a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • the network device in the V2X technology may be a road side unit (road side unit, RSU).
  • the base station is used as an example for the access network device to be described.
  • the multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station.
  • a terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
  • the core network equipment is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and charging.
  • the names of devices implementing core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), or user plane function (user plane function, UPF) Wait.
  • the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the function of the network device.
  • nouns for the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, it means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more". “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more. "And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character “/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • first and second mentioned in this embodiment of the application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
  • first field and the second field may be the same field or different fields, and this name does not indicate the size, content, sequence, timing, priority or importance of the two cycles s difference.
  • FIG. 2 shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application.
  • the communication system includes a core network (new core, CN) and a radio access network (radio access network, RAN).
  • the network equipment (for example, base station) in the RAN includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the baseband device can be implemented by one or more nodes, and the radio frequency device can be remote from the baseband device and implemented independently, or can be integrated into the baseband device, or partly remote and partly integrated into the baseband device.
  • Network devices in the RAN may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to their wireless network protocol layer functions.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU. It should be noted that the division of such protocol layers is only an example, and may also be divided in other protocol layers.
  • the radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 3 shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application.
  • the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity).
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the UE through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling.
  • a CU is classified as a network device on the RAN side.
  • a CU may also be classified as a network device on the CN side, which is not limited in this application.
  • a possible implementation method is that the terminal equipment configured with a high-capacity power amplifier (or power amplifier) can support sending signals at a maximum transmission power (for example, 23dBm) specified by the standard within a certain period of time, Therefore, through instantaneous high-power transmission, when the terminal device is located at the edge of the cell, or when there is a large data packet for transmission, the transmission rate of the terminal device is increased, thereby improving user experience.
  • sending signals with high power for a long time may cause the total power of the terminal equipment to fail to meet regulatory requirements, or may cause radiation to the human body. Therefore, the average transmission power of the terminal device or the total energy used by the terminal device for signal transmission within a period of time needs to meet the condition that it does not exceed a certain threshold.
  • the terminal device can send uplink signals with a transmission power higher than the maximum specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power); but within a time period of length L (hereinafter referred to as the time window), the average power of the terminal equipment does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard, where the time period T is within the time window, and the length of the time period T is less than or equal to the time window.
  • the energy used by the terminal device for uplink transmission within the time window is constant, and the terminal device can transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power within a certain period of time.
  • the energy available for uplink transmission of the terminal device may be insufficient (or energy overdraft), or even the energy available for uplink transmission may be zero.
  • the network device If the terminal device is still scheduled to send uplink signals, the uplink signal transmission failure of the terminal device may occur due to insufficient uplink transmission energy, affecting uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, so as to improve uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate.
  • an embodiment of a communication method provided by this application includes:
  • the terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes multiple time units.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is used for the transmission of uplink signals, and the available uplink transmission energy may also be referred to as available uplink transmission energy, or energy available for uplink transmission, or residual transmit energy (RTE) or other Name, this application does not limit the name, for the convenience of description, the name is the available uplink transmission energy as an example.
  • the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period refers to the energy available for sending uplink signals in the first time period.
  • the uplink signal may be at least one of the following: uplink data, uplink control signaling, or uplink reference signal.
  • the uplink data may be uplink service data;
  • the uplink control signaling may be a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), or a channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI), or an acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK), or a negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment);
  • the uplink reference signal may be an uplink demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), a channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), a preamble preamble, and the like.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission (or the energy available for uplink transmission) within the first time period of the time window; wherein, the time window is that the average transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed a certain The time period of the threshold; or, the time window is the time period in which the terminal device can send uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmission power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power); or, the time window is the period in which the terminal device evaluates the available uplink transmission energy A time period; or, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the time window is that the average transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed a certain The time period of the threshold; or, the time window is the time period in which the terminal device can send uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmission power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power); or, the time window is the period in which the terminal device evaluates the available up
  • the terminal device can transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power within the time window, but the average transmit power of the terminal device in this time window does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard.
  • the terminal device may transmit an uplink signal with instantaneous high power within the time window, but the energy used for uplink transmission of the terminal device within the time window does not exceed the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be the product of the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the length of the time window.
  • the position of the first time period can be represented by the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, it can be expressed by the first time period
  • the starting time unit and the length of the first time period are represented.
  • the terminal device may determine the corresponding time domain resource of the first time period according to the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, the terminal device may determine the corresponding time domain resource according to the start time unit of the first time period
  • the position of the first time period is determined based on the initial time unit and the time length of the first time period.
  • the start time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the start time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the third indication information from the network device is received
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, and the k is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the time unit sent by the network device
  • the configuration information is determined.
  • the available uplink transmission energy is energy that can be used for uplink transmission from the start time unit to the end time unit; wherein the end time unit is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window;
  • the termination time unit is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the configuration information includes at least one of the following: a time length of the first time period, information about a start time unit of the first time period, or information about an end time of the first time period.
  • the information of the start time unit of the first time period is an index of the start time unit of the first time period.
  • the information of the end time unit of the first time period is an index of the end time unit of the first time period.
  • the index of the start time unit and the index of the end time unit of the first time period may be indexes corresponding to the offset (or offset position) relative to the start position of the time window; or, the two
  • the index may also be a position index relative to a certain time reference point
  • the position of the time reference point may be the boundary of a certain radio frame (for example, the upper or lower boundary of the radio frame) and/or a certain radio subframe
  • the boundaries of for example, the upper boundary of the radio subframe and the lower boundary of the radio subframe, which are not limited in this application.
  • the position of the time reference point may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
  • the offset may be in units of time; in addition, the value of the offset may be a natural number, for example, the offset is 0, or 1, or 2, etc., which is not limited in the present application .
  • configuration information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
  • the value of k may be a protocol preset or an indication of a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information; 1. Instructions.
  • the third indication information is carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH, or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the position of the time window may be preset by the protocol; or, the position of the time window is determined according to the position information of the time window from the network device.
  • the time window may be a preset time unit, or a preset multiple time units continuous in the time domain. It can be understood that within a preset time unit or multiple preset time units that are continuous in the time domain, the uplink transmission energy of the terminal device does not exceed a certain threshold.
  • the time unit may be a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
  • the time window may be a wireless frame, or the time window may be a preset multiple wireless frames that are continuous in the time domain; it can be understood that in a preset wireless frame or a preset time domain In multiple consecutive wireless frames, the uplink transmission energy of the terminal device does not exceed a certain threshold.
  • the time window may be a radio frame M (or a radio frame with a serial number M), where M is a positive integer, and the value range of M may be 0 to 1023, for example, M is 10 or 100 or 500.
  • the time window may be N radio frames that start from the radio frame M and are continuous in the time domain, where M and N are positive integers.
  • the location information of the time window can be represented by cycle-related parameters, or the location information of the time window can be represented by timer-related parameters, as follows: a1 and a2 for explanation:
  • Mode a1 The position information of the time window is represented by period-related parameter information.
  • the time window appears periodically, and the location information of the time window may include at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset, or a first duration.
  • the time window includes a first period T, a first offset and a first duration.
  • the terminal device may determine the first starting position according to the system frame number (system frame number, SFN) and the first cycle T, and then determine the starting position of the time window according to the first starting position and the first offset, and determine the starting position of the time window according to the first period T.
  • a duration determines the duration of the time window (or called the length of the time window).
  • the value of the first offset offset is a natural number.
  • the first offset value with a value of 0 may be carried in the position information of the time window; or, the first offset value may not be carried in the position information of the time window. In other words, if the position information of the time window does not include the first offset, the first offset may be 0 by default.
  • Mode a2 The position information of the time window is represented by parameters related to the timer.
  • the location information of the time window includes: a first timer, and it can be understood that the terminal device can determine the time window according to the first timer.
  • the terminal device starts (restarts) the first timer, and before the first timer expires, the terminal device determines that the corresponding time is the time of the time window; if the first timer expires, restart the first timer.
  • the moment when the terminal device starts the first timer may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
  • the location information of the time window may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period, as described below in way b1:
  • Mode b1 The terminal device determines the energy available in the first time period according to the first energy value of the terminal device in the time window and the uplink transmission energy that the terminal device has used before the start time corresponding to the first time period of the time window. Send energy uplink.
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period according to the first energy value of the terminal device within the time window and the uplink transmission energy already used by the terminal device.
  • the first energy value may be a maximum value of energy configured by the terminal device for sending uplink signals.
  • the first energy value may be preset, or determined according to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the length of the time window specified in the standard.
  • the first energy value is equal to the product of the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard and the length of the time window.
  • the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard may be 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, if the terminal device determines that the value of the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period is not an integer, the value may be corrected by rounding up or rounding down. No restrictions.
  • the terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission energy.
  • the network device receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is at least one of the following: available uplink transmission energy, index of available uplink transmission energy, average transmission power of uplink signals transmitted within the first time period, or average transmission power of uplink signals transmitted within the first time period Index of transmit power.
  • the average transmission power of uplink signals sent during the first time period is the ratio of available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or the average transmission power of uplink signals sent during the first time period
  • the power is an average value of transmit power of uplink signals sent in all time units included in the first time period.
  • the above average value is based on the assumption that the terminal device sends signals in every time unit included in the first time period, so that the terminal device transmits the uplink signal according to the transmission power used by each time unit in the first time period , calculate the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
  • the above-mentioned first time period is known to both the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that the network device and the terminal device have the same understanding of the first time period, so the two can It is understood that the same available uplink transmission energy is determined according to the first indication information.
  • the first time period may be determined by the terminal device based on the configuration information of the network device, or may be determined by the terminal device itself; The first time period is sent to the network device; here, the high-layer signaling can be an RRC message or MAC CE, and this application does not limit it.
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink signal in the first time period through S501 The transmission energy value is x, and the number of all time units included in the first time period is y, then the terminal device determines that the average transmission power of the uplink signal in the first time period is x/y.
  • the terminal device determines that each time unit included in the first time period
  • the transmit powers used to transmit uplink signals in time units are z1, z2, z3, z4, and z5, and the terminal device determines that the average transmit power of uplink signals in the first time period is (z1+z2+z3+z4+z5)/ 5.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the first correspondence for example, it may be represented by a table.
  • the first correspondence is represented by a table, and the table may include a correspondence between an index of the uplink transmission energy and a range of the uplink transmission energy value (or called RTE).
  • RTE uplink transmission energy value
  • Table 1 it is an example of representing the first corresponding relationship through a table, and each index in the table corresponds to a range of uplink transmission energy values.
  • the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt ⁇ millisecond (mW ⁇ ms), or watt ⁇ millisecond (W ⁇ ms), or kilowatt ⁇ millisecond ( kW ⁇ ms), or Watt ⁇ second (W ⁇ s), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may determine the index of the available uplink transmission energy, that is, determine the first indication information, according to which range in Table 1 the available uplink transmission energy is within the first time period determined in S501.
  • the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 35, according to Table 1, the index value of the uplink transmission energy value corresponding to 35 is 61, that is, the first indication information is 61.
  • Table 1 is only an example, the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the value of the uplink transmission energy, the size of the value (or value range) in the table, and the unit of the value in the table, the present invention No restrictions.
  • the first correspondence is represented by two tables.
  • one table may include the index of the uplink transmission energy and the correspondence between the uplink transmission energy level, and the other table may include the uplink transmission energy level and the uplink transmission energy level.
  • Correspondence between ranges of energy values (or called RTE).
  • RTE ranges of energy values
  • Table 2 and Table 3 it is an example of representing the first corresponding relationship through two tables, wherein each index in Table 2 corresponds to an uplink transmission energy level, and each uplink transmission energy level in Table 3 corresponds to There is a range of uplink sending energy value.
  • Table 2 An example of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the energy level
  • the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt ⁇ millisecond (mW ⁇ ms), or watt ⁇ millisecond (W ⁇ ms), or kilowatt ⁇ millisecond ( kW ⁇ ms), or Watt ⁇ second (W ⁇ s), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may determine the energy level according to which range in Table 3 the available uplink transmission energy is within the first time period determined in S501; and determine the index of the available uplink transmission energy according to the determined energy level and Table 2, That is, the first indication information is determined.
  • the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 33, according to Table 3, the energy level corresponding to 33 is RTE_60, and according to Table 2, the uplink transmission energy value corresponding to the energy level RTE_60
  • the index value of is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
  • Table 2 and Table 3 are only examples, the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the uplink transmission energy level, the relationship between the uplink transmission energy level and the uplink transmission energy value (or energy range) The corresponding relationship, the magnitude of the values in each table, and the units of the values in the tables are not limited in the present invention. However, in the same application scenario, the tables corresponding to Table 2 and Table 3 have the same size.
  • the second correspondence may be represented by a table.
  • the second corresponding relationship is represented by a table, and the table may include a corresponding relationship between an index of an average transmit power (average transmit power, ATP) and an average transmit power for sending uplink signals within the first time period.
  • an average transmit power average transmit power, ATP
  • Table 4 it is an example of representing the second corresponding relationship through a table, and each index in the table corresponds to an average transmit power.
  • Table 4 Index table of average transmit power
  • Uplink average transmit power (dBm) 0 ATP ⁇ -32 1 -32 ⁇ ATP ⁇ -30 2 -30 ⁇ ATP ⁇ -28 3 -28 ⁇ ATP ⁇ -26 ... ... 60 32 ⁇ ATP ⁇ 34 61 34 ⁇ ATP ⁇ 36 62 36 ⁇ ATP ⁇ 38 63 ATP ⁇ 38
  • the terminal device may determine the average transmission power for sending uplink signals within the first time period according to the available uplink transmission energy determined in S501 within the first time period, and according to the available uplink transmission energy; according to the determined average transmission power and Table 4, Determine which range in Table 4 the average transmit power is in, determine the index value of the average transmit power, that is, determine the first indication information.
  • the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 96, and the average transmission power value in the first time period is determined to be 32, according to Table 4, the uplink average transmission power corresponding to 32 is The index value is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
  • Table 4 is only an example, and the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink average transmit power and the uplink average transmit power, as well as the values (or value ranges) in the table, are not limited by the present invention.
  • the second correspondence is represented by two tables.
  • one table may include the index of the uplink average transmit power and the correspondence between the uplink average transmit power level
  • the other table may include the uplink average transmit power level Corresponding relationship with the range of uplink average transmit power (or called ATP).
  • ATP uplink average transmit power
  • Table 5 and Table 6 it is an example of representing the second corresponding relationship through two tables, where each index in Table 5 corresponds to an uplink average transmit power level, and each uplink average transmit power level in Table 6 A level corresponds to a range of uplink average transmit power values.
  • Table 5 An example of the corresponding relationship between the index of the average transmit power value and the level of the average transmit power value
  • Table 6 An example of the corresponding relationship between the average transmit power level and the average transmit power value range
  • the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt ⁇ millisecond (mW ⁇ ms), or watt ⁇ millisecond (W ⁇ ms), or kilowatt ⁇ millisecond ( kW ⁇ ms), or Watt ⁇ second (W ⁇ s), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device can determine the average transmit power level according to the average transmit power corresponding to the available uplink transmit energy in the first time period determined in S501, and according to which range the average transmit power is in Table 6;
  • the power level and Table 5 determine the index of the average transmit power level, that is, determine the first indication information.
  • the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 96, and the average transmission power value in the first time period is determined to be 32, according to Table 6, the uplink average transmission power corresponding to 32 is The grade is ATP_60. According to Table 5, the index value of the uplink average transmit power corresponding to ATP_60 is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
  • Table 5 and Table 6 are only examples, the table size, the uplink average transmit power level and the uplink average transmit power value (or energy Range), the numerical value in each table, and the numerical unit in each table are not limited by the present invention. However, in the same application scenario, the tables corresponding to Table 5 and Table 6 have the same size.
  • At least one of the above first correspondence and the second correspondence is preset by a protocol or configured by a network device.
  • the network device may configure the above corresponding relationship through an RRC message or a broadcast message.
  • the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE, or the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  • the UCI is carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the modulation and coding scheme of the UCI is the same as the modulation and coding scheme of the PUSCH.
  • the resource element (resource element, RE) used to bear the UCI corresponding to the UCI may be determined based on the code rate compensation factor corresponding to the UCI, and the code rate compensation factor is indicated by the DCI, or is a high-level parameter (such as RRC signaling or parameters in RRC signaling) configured.
  • the UCI may be carried on a data symbol after the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) of the PUSCH; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH for carrying hybrid automatic repeating After transmitting the data symbol of the hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) information; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH to carry part or all of the data of the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information after the symbol.
  • demodulation reference signal demodulation reference signal
  • HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment
  • the UCI may adopt a new UCI format, where the UCI format may refer to the type of information carried in the UCI and/or the size of the information carried in the UCI. That is to say, the information carried by the UCI is information used to indicate available uplink transmission energy, and/or, the size of the UCI is a first value.
  • the first value may be 6, 7 or 8, that is, the size of the information carried by the UCI is 6, 7 or 8 bits.
  • the first indication information is carried in the MAC CE, and the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
  • Case 1 The first field is a reserved bit, the second field indicates the first indication information, and the first field and the second field can be carried in the same byte; or,
  • Case 2 when the first field is the first state value, the information indicated by the second field is the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the information in the second field is the power headroom level; or,
  • Case 3 the first field is the power headroom level, and the second field is the first indication information.
  • the MAC CE also includes at least one of the following: a fifth field, a sixth field, or a seventh field; wherein, the fifth field is used to indicate whether to report a maximum permissible exposure value (maximum permissible exposure, MPE in the MAC CE) ), the sixth field is used to indicate the MPE value, and the seventh field is used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level.
  • MPE maximum permissible exposure
  • the MAC CE may not include a field for indicating whether to report the MPE in the MAC CE, a field for indicating the MPE value, and a field for indicating the calculation of the power headroom level The P Cmax field.
  • the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits or other numbers of bits, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the MAC subhead corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel identifier (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value indicates that the MAC CE is used to report the first indication information .
  • logical channel ID logical channel ID
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the preset value indicates that the MAC CE is used to report the first indication information .
  • the value of the LCID can reuse the LCID of the existing power headroom reporting MAC CE, in other words, the value of the LCID can be the same as the LCID corresponding to the power headroom reporting MAC CE.
  • the value of the LCID may be 54, or 56, or 57.
  • the value of the LCID may be different from the LCID of the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the value of the LCID may be any value from 35-44.
  • the MAC CE includes the following information, where every 8 bits is 1 byte.
  • Reserved bits Reserved bits, the reserved bit length is 2 bits;
  • the first indication information is 6 bits.
  • the LCID corresponding to MAC CE can be any value in 35-44.
  • the MAC CE includes the following information, where every 8 bits is 1 byte.
  • the fifth field used to indicate whether to report the MPE value in the MAC CE, the length is 1 bit; specifically, if the third field is set to "1", it means that the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE, otherwise, if the fifth field is set to "0" indicates that the position where the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE is a reserved bit;
  • First field when the first field is the first state value, the information indicated by the second field is the first indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the information indicated by the second field The information is the power headroom level, and the length of the first field is 1 bit; it can be understood that when the first state value is 1, the second state value is 0; or, when the first state value is 0, the second state value is 1 ;
  • the second field indicates the first indication information or the power headroom value, and the length is 6 bits;
  • the maximum allowable exposure value MPE or reserved bit the length is 2 bits;
  • the seventh field used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level, the length of this field is 6 bits.
  • the MAC CE includes the following information:
  • the fifth field used to indicate whether to report the MPE value in the MAC CE, the length is 1 bit; specifically, if the fifth field is set to "1", it means that the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE, otherwise, if the fifth field is set to "0" indicates that the position where the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE is a reserved bit;
  • the first field set to "0"
  • Power headroom value the index value indicating the power headroom, with a length of 6 bits
  • the maximum allowable exposure value MPE or reserved bit the length is 2 bits;
  • the seventh field used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level, the length of this field is 6 bits.
  • the first indication information is 6 bits.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device.
  • the terminal device sending the first indication information to the network device includes: the terminal device may send the first indication information on a physical uplink channel resource, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • physical uplink channel resources can be configured through RRC messages or scheduled through DCI.
  • the physical uplink channel resources may be dynamic grants (or called dynamic grants), or may be configured grants (or called configured grants); configured grants include configured grant type 1 (confgured grant type 1) and configured grants Include configured grant type 2 (confgured grant type2), where:
  • the network device configures it to the terminal device through the RRC message.
  • the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, it can use this type of resource, thereby saving the delay caused by dynamically requesting the network device to send a dynamic authorization;
  • the network device configures the terminal device through RRC messages, and dynamically activates or deactivates the configured authorization type 2 resources through DCI. Send it to the terminal device, and dynamically control the use of this resource through DCI. It can be understood that when the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, if there is an activated configured grant type2 resource, this type of resource can be used; on the contrary, if the network device configures the grant type 2 resource for the terminal device through the RRC message, but does not pass DCI To activate this resource, the terminal device cannot use this resource to send uplink signals.
  • the physical uplink channel resources may be supplementary uplink (supplementary uplink, SUL) resources.
  • the network device may determine the target frequency domain resource within the first time period according to the first indication information from the terminal device, and the resource group corresponding to the target frequency domain resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or; according to the first The indication information determines the target time domain resource within the first time period, and the resource group corresponding to the target time domain resource is not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals. It should be understood that how the network device processes the first indication information and what action it takes according to the first indication information depends on the implementation of the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the terminal device sends the available uplink transmission energy to the network device within the first time period, avoiding the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy.
  • it can reduce the waste of uplink resources caused by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices. ;
  • it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission caused by insufficient energy of the terminal equipment, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of the terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 7 exemplarily shows an embodiment of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 7, this method adds S701 to S704 on the basis of Fig. 5:
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information sent by the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the network device to support the terminal device to send uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or to instruct the network device to allow the terminal device to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
  • instantaneous high power a maximum transmit power
  • the network device sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device through a broadcast message.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the capability information sent by the terminal device.
  • Capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power, or indicates that the terminal device uses instantaneous high power to transmit uplink signals. Capability information for sending uplink signals at high power.
  • the capability information includes an upper limit of the instantaneous high power, or a maximum value of the instantaneous high power.
  • the capability information may include one or more bits (bits), and further may be indicated by different values of the bits. Take the capability information occupying 1 bit as an example. If the value of this bit is "1", it can indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or instruct the terminal The device has the ability to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals; if the value of this bit is "0", it can indicate that the terminal device does not support sending uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmit power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), Or indicate that the terminal device does not have the capability of sending uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
  • the capability information may include one or more fields, and then the capability information is indicated by the presence or absence of one or more fields. Take capability information occupying 1 field as an example. If the terminal device sends capability information, it means that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to use The ability to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power; if the terminal device does not send capability information, it means that the terminal device does not support sending uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmit power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device does not have The ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
  • instantaneous high power a maximum transmit power
  • instantaneous high power a higher than the maximum transmit power specified in the standard
  • the capability information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information sent by the network device accordingly.
  • the configuration information includes the position information of the first time period and/or the position information of the time window. It can be understood that the position information of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period, and the position information of the time window is used to determine the position of the time window. location, where:
  • the location information of the first time period includes: information of the start time unit of the first time period and/or information of the end time unit of the first time period;
  • the position information of the time window includes at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset or a first duration; or, the position information of the time window includes: a first timer;
  • the configuration information is carried in an RRC message or a broadcast message. Further, the configuration information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message.
  • RRCReconfiguration RRC reconfiguration
  • S703 may be performed after S701, or S703 and S701 may be performed simultaneously, and the sequence of S703 and S701 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines to trigger the first process.
  • the process in which the terminal device can send the first indication information to the network device may be called the first process, or the process of reporting available uplink transmission energy, or the remaining energy
  • the reporting process may be referred to as the reporting process of the first indication information, or may have other names. For the convenience of subsequent reference, this application refers to it as the first process.
  • a "first trigger event” can be set, and the “first trigger event” can also be called the first event or other names. event", which has no other limiting meaning.
  • the terminal device may start the first process.
  • the uplink signal sending condition for example, when there are available uplink physical channel resources
  • the first indication information is sent to the network device; it can be understood that the trigger event needs to be satisfied before sending the first indication information to the network device.
  • the first process is triggered according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires
  • the configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the terminal device determines to trigger the first process, and can Send the first indication information to the network device.
  • At least one of the timer triggering the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, or the fourth threshold may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes multiple time units.
  • the terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission energy.
  • the network device can send the fourth indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal device to inform itself of its support for the terminal device to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the terminal device can To send the first instruction information, on the one hand, it makes the way for the terminal device to send the first instruction information to the network device more flexible; Signaling overhead and resource waste.
  • an embodiment of a communication method provided by this application includes:
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink sending time length.
  • the terminal device can send an uplink signal within the time corresponding to the available uplink sending time length. It should be understood that there may only be a corresponding relationship between the time corresponding to the available uplink sending time length.
  • the uplink signal is sent within a time period, and the available uplink transmission time length can also be called the available uplink transmission time length, or the time length available for uplink transmission, or the remaining transmission time (residual transmit time, RTT) length or other
  • RTT residual transmit time
  • the uplink signal may be at least one of the following: uplink data, uplink control signaling, or uplink reference signal.
  • the uplink data may be uplink service data;
  • the uplink control signaling may be a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), or a channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI), or an acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK), or a negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment);
  • the uplink reference signal may be an uplink demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), a channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), and a preamble preamble.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the time length used for uplink signal transmission (or referred to as the time length available for uplink transmission) within the first time period of the time window.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is Energy used for uplink signaling.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that can transmit uplink signals with the first preset power in the first time period, and the first time period includes a plurality of time units; optionally, the first preset power is the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission time length.
  • the network device receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following: the available uplink transmission time length, or the index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, or the available uplink transmission time length The index of the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  • the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  • the available uplink sending time length is the number of time units during which the terminal device can send the uplink signal with the first preset power based on the available uplink energy in the first time period.
  • the position of the first time period can be represented by the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, it can be expressed by the first time period The starting time unit and the length of the first time period are represented.
  • the terminal device may determine the position of the first time period according to the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, the terminal device may determine the position of the first time period according to the start time unit and the end time unit of the first time period The time length of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period.
  • the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit receiving the fifth indication information from the network device After the mth time unit, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, and the m is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the configuration information sent by the network device definite.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is the time length that can be used for uplink transmission from the start time unit to the end time unit end; where the end time unit is the time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time The unit is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the configuration information includes at least one of the following: a time length of the first time period, information about a start time unit of the first time period, or information about an end time of the first time period.
  • the information of the start time unit of the first time period is an index of the start time unit of the first time period.
  • the information of the end time unit of the first time period is an index of the end time unit of the first time period.
  • the index of the start time unit and the index of the end time unit of the first time period may be indexes corresponding to the offset (or offset position) relative to the start position of the time window; or, the two
  • the index may also be a position index relative to a certain time reference point
  • the position of the time reference point may be the boundary of a certain radio frame (for example, the upper or lower boundary of the radio frame) and/or a certain radio subframe
  • the boundaries of for example, the upper boundary of the radio subframe and the lower boundary of the radio subframe, which are not limited in this application.
  • the position of the time reference point may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
  • the offset may be in units of time.
  • the value of the offset may be a natural number, for example, the offset is 0, or 1, or 2, etc., which is not limited in this application .
  • configuration information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
  • the value of m may be a protocol preset or an indication of a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information;
  • the fifth indication information is carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH, or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the position of the time window may be preset by the protocol; or, the position of the time window is determined according to the position information of the time window from the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the length of the available uplink sending time, as described in way c1 as follows:
  • Mode c1 The terminal device determines the available uplink transmission time length as the number of time units in the first time period of the time window that the terminal device can use the first preset power value to transmit the uplink signal based on the available uplink transmission energy.
  • the terminal device determines the number of time units in which the terminal device can use the first preset power value to send uplink signals in the first time period of the time window according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value in the first time period .
  • the manner of determining the available uplink transmission energy may be the same as the manner of determining the available uplink transmission energy in step S501.
  • the available uplink transmission time length is equal to the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value within the first time period.
  • the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard.
  • the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard may be 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
  • the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
  • the terminal device determines that the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period can support sending signals at the first preset power
  • the time is 3 time units, therefore, it is determined that the available uplink sending time length is 3 time units.
  • the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value in the first time period is not an integer multiple of time units, the value can be corrected by rounding up or down.
  • Applications are not limited to this. For example, if the terminal device determines that the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value within the first time period is 3.7 time units, if rounding up is used, the available uplink transmission time length is 4 time units; If rounding down is adopted, the available uplink sending time length is 3 time units.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the third correspondence is represented by a table, and the table may include an index of the number of time units and a terminal device used in the first time period of the time window.
  • the corresponding relationship between the number of time units for sending the uplink signal at the first preset power value is shown in Table 7, and each index in the table corresponds to the number of time units.
  • Table 7 Time unit number index table
  • the terminal device determines the index of the number of time units according to which range in Table 7 the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send the uplink signal within the first time period of the time window determined in S701 is, that is Determine the second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines through S701 that the number of time units for sending uplink signals using the first preset power value within the first time period of the time window is 3, according to Table 7, the index value corresponding to 3 is 3, that is, the first Two indication information is 3.
  • Table 7 is only an example, and the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the number of time units and the number of time units, as well as the size of the values (or value ranges) in the table, are not limited by the present invention.
  • the fourth correspondence is represented by a table
  • the table may include The corresponding relationship between the ratio between the number of time units for sending uplink signals and the number of all time units included in the preset time period and the index value, as shown in Table 8, each index in the table corresponds to a ratio, and the table is represented by 2% is quantized as an interval, which can be quantized into an index table including 50 time unit quantity ratios and 14 reserved items through Table 8.
  • the length of the second indication information is 6 bits.
  • the terminal device determines that within the first time period of the time window, the ratio between the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send an uplink signal and the number of all time units included in the preset time period is 0.3, According to Table 8, it can be seen that the index value corresponding to 0.3 is 29, that is, the second indication information is 29.
  • the terminal device determines that within the first time period of the time window, the ratio between the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send uplink signals and the number of all time units included in the preset time period is 0.05 , according to Table 8, it can be seen that the index value corresponding to 0.05 is 3, that is, the second indication information is 3.
  • Table 8 is only an example, the table size of the time unit quantity ratio index table, and the value size in the table (for example, at what interval the values are quantized), which is not limited by the present invention.
  • At least one of the above third correspondence and fourth correspondence is preset by a protocol or configured by a network device. Further, the network device may configure the above corresponding relationship through an RRC message or a broadcast message.
  • the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE, or the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI. Further, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  • the modulation and coding scheme of the UCI is the same as the modulation and coding scheme of the PUSCH.
  • the resource element (resource element, RE) used to bear the UCI corresponding to the UCI may be determined based on the code rate compensation factor corresponding to the UCI, and the code rate compensation factor is indicated by the DCI, or is a high-level parameter (such as RRC signaling or parameters in RRC signaling) configured.
  • the UCI may be carried on a data symbol after the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) of the PUSCH; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH for carrying hybrid automatic repeating After transmitting the data symbol of the hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) information; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH to carry part or all of the data of the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information after the symbol.
  • demodulation reference signal demodulation reference signal
  • HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment
  • the UCI may adopt a new UCI format, where the UCI may refer to the type of information carried in the UCI and/or the size of the information carried in the UCI. That is to say, the information carried by the UCI is information used to indicate available uplink transmission energy, and/or, the size of the UCI is a first value, and the first value may be 6, 7 or 8, that is, the UCI consists of 6, 7 or 8 bits.
  • the MAC CE when the second indication information is carried on the MAC CE, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein:
  • the third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
  • the third field indicates the power headroom level
  • the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  • the format of this MAC CE is the same as the design of the MAC CE format in S502. It should be noted that if the MAC CE format is used to carry the second indication information, replace the "first indication information" in the MAC CE format in S502 with "the second indication information ", the MAC CE format carrying the second indication information can be obtained. For other descriptions, please refer to S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the network device includes: the terminal device may send the second indication information on a physical uplink channel resource, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • physical uplink channel resources may be configured through RRC messages or scheduled through DCI;
  • the physical uplink channel resources may be dynamic grants (or called dynamic grants), or may be configured grants (or called configured grants); configured grants include configured grant type 1 (confgured grant type 1) and configured grants Include configured grant type 2 (confgured grant type2), where:
  • the network device configures the terminal device through an RRC message.
  • the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, it can use this type of resource without dynamically requesting the network device to send a dynamic grant, thus saving the time spent on scheduling physical uplink resources. delay;
  • the network device configures the terminal device through RRC messages, and dynamically activates or deactivates the configured authorization type 2 resources through DCI. Send it to the terminal device, and dynamically control the use of this resource through DCI. It can be understood that when the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, if there is an activated configured grant type2 resource, this type of resource can be used.
  • the physical uplink channel resources may be supplementary uplink (supplementary uplink, SUL) resources.
  • the network device determines the target resource within the first time period according to the second indication information from the terminal device, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or determines the target resource within the first time period according to the second indication information resources are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  • the network device is prevented from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy.
  • it can reduce the uplink resources brought by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices. Waste; on the other hand, it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission of terminal equipment due to insufficient energy, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 9 exemplarily shows an embodiment of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 9, this method adds S901 to S904 on the basis of Fig. 8:
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information sent by the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the network device to support the terminal device to send uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or to instruct the network device to allow the terminal device to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
  • instantaneous high power a maximum transmit power
  • the network device sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device through a broadcast message.
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the capability information sent by the terminal device.
  • Capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power, or indicates that the terminal device uses instantaneous high power to transmit uplink signals. Capability information for sending uplink signals at high power.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the configuration information includes the position information of the first time period and/or the position information of the time window. It can be understood that the position information of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period, and the position information of the time window is used to determine the position of the time window. location, where:
  • the location information of the first time period includes: information of the start time unit of the first time period and/or information of the end time unit of the first time period;
  • the position information of the time window includes at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset or a first duration; or, the position information of the time window includes: a first timer;
  • configuration information is carried in an RRC message. Further, the configuration information is carried in an RRC reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message.
  • RRCReconfiguration RRC reconfiguration
  • S903 may be performed after S901, or S903 and S901 may also be performed at the same time, and the sequence of S903 and S901 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines to trigger the second process.
  • the process that the terminal device can send the second indication information to the network device may be called the second process, or the process of reporting the length of available uplink transmission time, or the remaining
  • the time reporting process may be referred to as the reporting process of the second indication information, or may have other names.
  • this application refers to it as the second process.
  • a “second trigger event” can be set, and the “second trigger event” can also be called the second event or other names. event", which has no other limiting meaning.
  • the terminal device may start the second process after determining that the second process is triggered.
  • the uplink signal sending condition is satisfied, for example, when there are available uplink physical channel resources, the second indication information is sent to the network device; it can be understood that the trigger event needs to be satisfied before sending the second indication information to the network device.
  • the second process is triggered according to at least one second trigger event as follows:
  • the configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires
  • the configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
  • the available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold
  • the interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the available uplink transmission time length is 3 time lengths, since 3 is less than the fifth threshold value, the above condition is met, therefore, the terminal device determines that the second process is triggered, and the network device can send Send fourth indication information.
  • At least one of the above-mentioned timer triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, or the sixth threshold may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines the available uplink sending time length.
  • the terminal device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission time length.
  • the network device can send the fourth indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal device to inform itself of its support for the terminal device to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the terminal device can To send the second instruction information, on the one hand, it makes the way for the terminal device to send the second instruction information to the network device more flexible; Signaling overhead and resource waste.
  • step numbers of the various flowcharts (such as Fig. 5, Fig. 7, Fig. 8, and Fig. 9) described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute an indication of the sequence of execution of the steps Due to limitations, there is no strict execution sequence between the steps that are not time sequence dependent in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 includes one or more processors 1001 .
  • the processor 1001 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and may implement certain control functions.
  • the processor 1001 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, including: baseband processor, central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or Neural Network Processor, etc.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device 1000, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated in one or more application-specific integrated circuits.
  • the communication device 1000 includes one or more memories 1002 for storing instructions 1004, and the instructions can be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 1000 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1002 .
  • the processor and memory can be set separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 1000 may include instructions 1003 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1003 may be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 1000 executes the methods described in the above embodiments .
  • Data may be stored in the processor 1001 .
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a transceiver 1005 and an antenna 1006 .
  • the transceiver 1005 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, an input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1000 through the antenna 1006 .
  • the communication device 1000 may further include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, a power management module, an antenna, Speakers, microphones, I/O modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc.
  • a wireless communication module an audio module
  • an external memory interface an internal memory
  • a universal serial bus universal serial bus, USB
  • a power management module an antenna
  • Speakers microphones, I/O modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc.
  • the UE 1000 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be split. These components may be realized by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 1001 and transceiver 1005 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit (radio frequency identification, RFID), mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit) , ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc.
  • the communication device described herein can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices).
  • a module for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device 1100 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire terminal device 1100, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and processing of radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, microphones, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the control circuit, and the control circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the control circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data .
  • FIG. 11 only shows a memory and a processor.
  • the terminal device 1100 may include multiple processors and memories.
  • a memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor is mainly used to control the entire terminal device 1100, Executing the software program, processing the data of the software program.
  • the processor in FIG. 11 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device 1100 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device 1100 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device 1100 may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • a terminal device 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 .
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like.
  • the device in the transceiver unit 1110 for realizing the receiving function can be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device in the transceiver unit 1110 for realizing the sending function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 20 may function as the first network device with respect to certain or certain UEs, and may also function as the first network device with respect to certain or certain UEs.
  • the second network device has the function of the second network device.
  • the network device includes: a baseband device 201 , a radio frequency device 202 , and an antenna 203 .
  • the radio frequency device 202 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 203, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 201 for processing.
  • the baseband device 201 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 202
  • the radio frequency device 202 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device through the antenna 201 .
  • the baseband device 201 includes one or more processing units 2011 , a storage unit 2012 and an interface 2013 .
  • the processing unit 2011 is configured to support the network device to execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the storage unit 2012 is used to store software programs and/or data.
  • the interface 2013 is used for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 202, and the interface includes an interface circuit for input and output of information.
  • the processing unit is an integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the storage unit 2012 and the processing unit 2011 may be located in the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element. Alternatively, the storage unit 2012 and the processing unit 2011 may also be located on different chips from the processing unit 2011, that is, an off-chip storage unit.
  • the storage unit 2012 may be one memory, or a general term for multiple memories or storage elements.
  • a network device may implement part or all of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments in the form of one or more processing unit schedulers. For example, corresponding functions of the network devices in FIGS. 5 to 9 are implemented.
  • the one or more processing units may support wireless access technologies of the same standard, or may support wireless access technologies of different standards.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components shown may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer readable medium may include random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), Erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM), universal serial bus flash disk (universal serial bus flash disk), removable hard disk, or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage medium, or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store desired data in the form of instructions or data structures program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • RAM random access memory
  • read-only memory read-only memory
  • ROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable programmable read-only memory Erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM Er
  • RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device determining available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, wherein the first time period comprises a plurality of time units; and sending first indication information to a network device, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating the available uplink transmission energy. In this way, a terminal device sends, to a network device, available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling a terminal device that has insufficient available uplink transmission energy. Therefore, the wasting of uplink resources due to the network device scheduling an unnecessary terminal device can be reduced, and the failure of uplink signal transmission due to insufficient energy of the terminal device can also be reduced, such that the uplink coverage and the uplink rate of the terminal device can be increased.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年05月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110594400.X、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110594400.X and the application name "A communication method and device" submitted to the China Patent Office on May 28, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前,无线通信系统广泛部署,以提供各种类型的通信,例如语音业务,数据业务等。在一些场景中,例如,无人机、4K高清直播等场景,对上行覆盖和传输速率有要求。在上行传输中,上行功率控制是一种可以实现较好的覆盖和传输速率的技术。例如,对于距离基站较远的终端设备(或称边缘用户),其路径损耗较大,这些边缘用户可以采用比距离基站较近的终端设备(中心用户)较大的发射功率,进而补偿由于远距离传输造成的路径损耗,使得边缘用户获得较好的上行覆盖和传输速率性能。Currently, wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication, such as voice services, data services, and the like. In some scenarios, such as drones and 4K HD live broadcast, there are requirements for uplink coverage and transmission rate. In uplink transmission, uplink power control is a technology that can achieve better coverage and transmission rate. For example, for terminal devices (or edge users) that are far away from the base station, the path loss is relatively large, and these edge users can use higher transmit power than terminal devices (central users) that are closer to the base station to compensate for the The path loss caused by distance transmission enables edge users to obtain better uplink coverage and transmission rate performance.
为了提升上行覆盖和传输速率,配置了高能力功率放大器(或称功放)的终端设备可以在短时间内以高于标准规定的最大发射功率发送信号,从而通过瞬时高功率发送,使得终端设备在位于小区边缘时,或者存在大数据包进行传输时,提高终端设备传输速率,进而提高用户的体验。但终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送一段时间后,可能导致终端设备可用于上行传输的能量不足,当网络设备继续调度该终端设备发送上行信号时,可能会出现终端设备由于上行传输的能量不足而导致上行信号发送失败的情况,影响上行覆盖和上行传输速率。In order to improve uplink coverage and transmission rate, terminal equipment configured with high-capacity power amplifiers (or power amplifiers) can transmit signals with a higher than the maximum transmission power specified in the standard in a short period of time, so that the terminal equipment can transmit signals at high power instantaneously. When it is located at the edge of the cell, or when there is a large data packet for transmission, the transmission rate of the terminal device is increased, thereby improving the user experience. However, after a terminal device transmits with instantaneous high power for a period of time, the energy available for the terminal device for uplink transmission may be insufficient. When the network device continues to schedule the terminal device to send uplink signals, the terminal device may cause insufficient If the uplink signal transmission fails, the uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate will be affected.
因此,如何进一步提升上行覆盖和传输速率仍需要进一步研究。Therefore, how to further improve uplink coverage and transmission rate still needs further research.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用以提升上行覆盖和传输速率。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for improving uplink coverage and transmission rate.
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,应用于终端设备或者也可以应用于终端设备内部的芯片。在该方法中,终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;向网络设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示可用上行发送能量。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a terminal device or may also be applied to a chip inside the terminal device. In this method, the terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units; and sends first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission energy.
如此,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,一方面,可以减少网络设备调度不必要终端设备带来的上行资源浪费;另一方面,可以减少终端设备由于能量不足而导致上行信号传输失败的情况,有助于提升终端设备上行覆盖和上行速率。In this way, the terminal device can send available uplink transmission energy to the network device within the first time period, avoiding the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy. On the one hand, it can reduce the waste of uplink resources caused by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices. ; On the other hand, it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission caused by insufficient energy of the terminal equipment, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,该发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息、或媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control control element,MAC CE)、或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。In a possible implementation, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message , or media access control control element (media access control control element, MAC CE), or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI).
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量,或者,可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值。In a possible implementation manner, the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period The average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
如此,通过索引的方式来指示可用上行发送能量或第一时间段内发送上行发送信号的平均发射功率,从而减少信令开销。In this way, the available uplink transmission energy or the average transmission power of the uplink transmission signal in the first time period is indicated by indexing, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量的索引时,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送能量、以及第一对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量的索引,其中,第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;Determine the index of the available uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, where the first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
第一指示信息为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,该方法还包括:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送能量,以及第二对应关系,确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引,其中,第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。According to the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship, determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系和/或第二对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
第一字段为预留比特位,第二字段指示第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
第一字段为第一状态值时,第二字段指示第一指示信息,第一字段为第二状态值时,第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is the first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第一字段指示功率余量等级,第二字段指示第一指示信息。The first field indicates the power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第一指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH).
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息;receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device;
向网络设备发送第一指示信息,包括:在该物理上行信道资源上向网络设备发送第一指示信息;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Sending the first indication information to the network device includes: sending the first indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第一指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第三指示信息的时间单元后的k个时间单元,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备上报第一指示信息,其中,k为自然数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the third time unit received from the network device K time units after the time unit of the indication information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, where k is a natural number; or,
第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。The starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的终止时间单元为时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的终止时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:根据如下至少一个第一触发事件,触发第一指示信息的上报过程:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: triggering a reporting process of the first indication information according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第一指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires;
配置的第一禁止上报定时器超时,第一禁止上报定时器用于在第一禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止所述第一指示信息的上报;The configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送能量小于第三阈值;The available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第一指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第四阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,触发第一指示信息上报的定时器、第一禁止上报定时器、第三阈值、第四阈值中至少一个可以是网络设备通过RRC消息配置的。In a possible implementation manner, at least one of the timer that triggers the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于网络设备或者也可以应用于网络设备内部的芯片。在该方法中,网络设备向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;在物理上行信道资源上接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device or may also be applied to a chip inside the network device. In this method, the network device sends indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal equipment; receives first indication information from the terminal equipment on the physical uplink channel resources, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment is within the first time period Available uplink transmission energy, the first time period includes multiple time units; wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量,或者,可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值。In a possible implementation manner, the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period The average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量的索引时,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送能量的索引、以及第一对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量,其中,第 一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系。The available uplink transmission energy is determined according to the index of the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy.
第一指示信息为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,该方法还包括:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, the method further includes:
根据第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量,其中,第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。According to the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the second corresponding relationship, the available uplink transmission energy is determined, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率;根据此确定的平均发射功率、以及第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数,确定可用上行发送能量。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the second corresponding relationship; according to this determination and the number of all time units included in the first time period to determine the available uplink transmission energy.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段是终端设备发送给网络设备的,或者,第一时间段是网络设备自己确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the first time period is sent by the terminal device to the network device, or the first time period is determined by the network device itself.
如此,网络设备根据第一指示信息,可以直接或间接获得终端设备的可用上行发送能量,从而避免调度能量不足的终端设备,进而减少调度不必要终端设备带来的资源浪费。In this way, the network device can directly or indirectly obtain the available uplink transmission energy of the terminal device according to the first indication information, thereby avoiding scheduling terminal devices with insufficient energy, thereby reducing waste of resources caused by scheduling unnecessary terminal devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系和/或第二对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
第一字段为预留比特位,第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
第一字段为第一状态值时,第二字段指示第一指示信息,第一字段为第二状态值时,第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is the first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第一字段指示功率余量等级,第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates the power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第一指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标资源,目标资源用于终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的资源不用于终端设备发送上行信号。According to the first indication information, determine target resources within the first time period, and the target resources are used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals; or, according to the first indication information, determine that resources within the first time period are not used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals.
如此,网络设备可以根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内是否调度终端设备,以及调度终端设备时的目标资源,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,也可以降低网络设备资源浪费。In this way, the network device can determine whether to schedule the terminal device within the first time period and the target resource when scheduling the terminal device according to the first indication information, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling a terminal device with insufficient available uplink transmission energy, and also reduce network device resources waste.
关于第二方面的部分可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by some optional implementations of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法,应用于终端设备或者也可以应用于终端设备内部的芯片。在该方法中,终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度;向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度;其中,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元,可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的能量。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a terminal device or may also be applied to a chip inside the terminal device. In this method, the terminal device determines the available uplink transmission time length; sends second indication information to the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length; wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the terminal device based on the first time The number of time units capable of sending uplink signals determined by the available uplink transmission energy within the segment, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission.
如此,终端设备可以向网络设备发送可用上行时间长度,以此来指示网络设备此终端设 可用的上行发送能量,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,一方面,可以减少网络设备调度不必要终端设备带来的上行资源浪费;另一方面,可以减少终端设备由于能量不足而导致上行信号传输失败的情况,有助于提升终端设备上行覆盖和上行速率。In this way, the terminal device can send the available uplink time length to the network device to indicate the network device the available uplink transmission energy of the terminal, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy. On the one hand, it can reduce network device scheduling. The waste of uplink resources caused by unnecessary terminal equipment; on the other hand, it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission caused by insufficient energy of terminal equipment, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量,其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在时间窗内终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度、或者,可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is the available uplink sending time length, or an index of the available uplink sending time length, or the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period, or the available uplink sending time length The index of the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
如此,通过索引的方式来指示可用上行发送时间长度或指示可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,从而减少信令开销。In this way, the available uplink transmission time length or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period is indicated by indexing, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设时间段为时间窗;或者,预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一预设功率值可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,该方法还包括:根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第三对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度的索引,其中,第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,该方法还包括:根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第四对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引,其中,第四对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, when the second indication information is an index of an available uplink sending time length, the method further includes: determining an index of an available uplink sending time length according to the available uplink sending time length and the third corresponding relationship, Wherein, the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length; when the second indication information is the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, the method It also includes: according to the available uplink transmission time length and the fourth corresponding relationship, an index for determining the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the available uplink transmission time length and the preset time period The corresponding relationship between the ratio of the length and the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三对应关系和/或第四对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the third correspondence and/or the fourth correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
第三字段为预留比特位,第四字段指示第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
第三字段为第一状态值时,第四字段指示第二指示信息;第三字段为第二状态值时,第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第三字段指示功率余量等级,第四字段指示第二指示信息。The third field indicates the power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第二指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the second indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息;receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device;
向网络设备发送第二指示信息,包括:在物理上行信道资源上向网络设备发送第二指示信息;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Sending the second indication information to the network device includes: sending the second indication information to the network device on a physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第二指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第五指示信息的时间单元后的m个时间单元,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报第二指示信息,其中,m为自然数;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the fifth time unit received from the network device m time units after the time unit of the indication information, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, where m is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the time unit sent by the network device The configuration information is determined.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的终止时间单元为时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的终止时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:根据如下至少一个第二触发事件,触发第二指示信息的上报过程:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: triggering a reporting process of the second indication information according to at least one second trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第二指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires;
配置的第二禁止上报定时器超时,第二禁止上报定时器用于在第二禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止第二指示信息的上报;The configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送时间长度小于第五阈值;The available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第二指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第六阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,触发第二指示信息上报的定时器、第二禁止上报定时器、第五阈值、第六阈值中至少一个可以是网络设备通过RRC消息配置的。In a possible implementation manner, at least one of the timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, and the sixth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于网络设备或者也可以应用于网络设备内部的芯片。在该方法中,网络设备向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a network device or may also be applied to a chip inside the network device. In the method, the network device sends indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
接收终端设备在物理上行信道资源上发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度;其中,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元,可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的能量,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The receiving terminal device sends the second indication information on the physical uplink channel resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length; wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is determined by the terminal device based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period The number of time units capable of sending uplink signals, the first time period includes multiple time units, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission, and the physical uplink channel resources are physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources and/or physical uplink Control channel PUCCH resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量,其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在时间窗内终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度、或者,可用上 行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设时间段为时间窗;或者,预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一预设功率值可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,该方法还包括:根据可用上行发送时间长度的索引、以及第三对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度,其中,第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,该方法还包括:根据可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引、以及第四对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,其中,第四对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, when the second indication information is an index of an available uplink transmission time length, the method further includes: determining the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship, Wherein, the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length; when the second indication information is the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, the method It also includes: determining the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the preset time period according to the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the preset time period length and the fourth corresponding relationship, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the available uplink sending time length The corresponding relationship between the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
第三字段为预留比特位,第四字段指示第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
第三字段为第一状态值时,第四字段指示第二指示信息;第一字段为第二状态值时,第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第三字段指示功率余量等级,第四字段指示第二指示信息。The third field indicates the power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标资源,目标资源用于终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的资源不用于终端设备发送上行信号。According to the second indication information, determine target resources within the first time period, and the target resources are used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals; or, according to the second indication information, determine that resources within the first time period are not used for terminal equipment to send uplink signals.
如此,网络设备可以根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内是否调度终端设备,以及调度终端设备时的目标资源,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,也可以降低网络设备资源浪费。In this way, the network device can determine whether to schedule the terminal device within the first time period and the target resource when scheduling the terminal device according to the second indication information, so as to prevent the network device from scheduling a terminal device with insufficient available uplink transmission energy, and also reduce network device resources waste.
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可选的实施方式及技术效果,可参考上述关于第三方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the fourth aspect or various optional implementation manners and technical effects of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the above introduction about the technical effects of the corresponding implementation manners of the third aspect.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,通信装置可以为终端设备或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片。在该装置中,包括:In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed inside the terminal device. In this device, include:
处理单元,用于确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;A processing unit, configured to determine available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes a plurality of time units;
收发单元,用于向网络设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示可用上行发送能量。A transceiver unit, configured to send first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission energy.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,该发射功率的平均值 是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit in the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量,或者,可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值。In a possible implementation manner, the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period The average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量的索引时,根据可用上行发送能量、以及第一对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量的索引,其中,第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, determine the index of available uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein, The first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
第一指示信息为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period,
根据可用上行发送能量,以及第二对应关系,确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引,其中,第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。According to the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship, determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the first Correspondence between indexes of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系和/或第二对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
第一字段为预留比特位,第二字段指示第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
第一字段为第一状态值时,第二字段指示第一指示信息,第一字段为第二状态值时,第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is the first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第一字段指示功率余量等级,第二字段指示第一指示信息。The first field indicates the power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第一指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元还用于接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息;In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device;
收发单元具体用于,在该物理上行信道资源上向网络设备发送第一指示信息;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The transceiver unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resource; wherein the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第一指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第三指示信息的时间 单元后的k个时间单元,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备上报第一指示信息,其中,k为自然数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the third time unit received from the network device K time units after the time unit of the indication information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, where k is a natural number; or,
第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。The starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的终止时间单元为时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的终止时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元还用于,接收来自网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,根据如下至少一个第一触发事件,触发第一指示信息的上报过程:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to trigger the reporting process of the first indication information according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第一指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires;
配置的第一禁止上报定时器超时,第一禁止上报定时器用于在第一禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止所述第一指示信息的上报;The configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送能量小于第三阈值;The available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第一指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第四阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,触发第一指示信息上报的定时器、第一禁止上报定时器、第三阈值、第四阈值中至少一个可以是网络设备通过RRC消息配置的。In a possible implementation manner, at least one of the timer that triggers the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可选的实施方式及技术效果,可参考上述关于第一方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the fifth aspect or various optional implementation manners and technical effects of the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the above introduction about the technical effects of the corresponding implementation manners of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,通信装置可以为网络设备或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片。在该装置中,包括:According to a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be a network device or a chip disposed inside the network device. In this device, include:
收发单元,用于向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;a transceiver unit, configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
该收发单元,还用于在物理上行信道资源上接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the terminal device on the physical uplink channel resource, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device can use uplink transmission energy within a first time period, and the first time period includes a plurality of A time unit; wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send an uplink signal; and/or,
在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed a second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量,或者,可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, or, the first time period The index of the average transmit power for sending uplink signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值。In a possible implementation manner, the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or, the uplink signal sent in the first time period The average transmission power of the signal is an average value of the transmission power of the uplink signal in all time units included in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于,根据第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率;根据此确定的平均发射功率、以及第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数,确定可用上行发送能量。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is configured to determine the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period and the second corresponding relationship; According to the determined average transmission power and the number of all time units included in the first time period, available uplink transmission energy is determined.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段是终端设备发送给网络设备的,或者,第一时间段是网络设备自己确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the first time period is sent by the terminal device to the network device, or the first time period is determined by the network device itself.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括处理单元,In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes a processing unit,
处理单元用于,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量的索引时,根据可用上行发送能量的索引、以及第一对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量,其中,第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系。The processing unit is configured to, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, determine the available uplink transmission energy according to the index of available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence is the available uplink transmission energy and Correspondence between indexes of available uplink sending energy.
该处理单元还用于,第一指示信息为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,根据第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定可用上行发送能量,其中,第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。The processing unit is further configured to, when the first indication information is the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, according to the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period and the second corresponding relationship, Determining available uplink transmission energy, wherein the second correspondence is a correspondence between the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系和/或第二对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein,
第一字段为预留比特位,第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
第一字段为第一状态值时,第二字段指示第一指示信息,第一字段为第二状态值时,第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is the first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the second field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第一字段指示功率余量等级,第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates the power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第一指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the first Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标资源,目标资源用于终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的资源不用于终端设备发送上行信号。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, according to the first indication information, determine the target resource within the first time period, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or, according to the first indication information, determine Resources within the first time period are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可选的实施方式及技术效果,可参考上述关于第二方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the sixth aspect or various optional implementation manners and technical effects of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the above introduction about the technical effects of the corresponding implementation manners of the second aspect.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,通信装置可以为终端设备或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片。在该装置中,包括:In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed inside the terminal device. In this device, include:
处理单元,用于确定可用上行发送时间长度;a processing unit, configured to determine the length of available uplink sending time;
收发单元,用于向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度;A transceiver unit, configured to send second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
其中,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元,可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的能量。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit uplink signals determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is used for The energy sent by the uplink signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量,其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在时间窗内终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度、或者,可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设时间段为时间窗;或者,预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一阈值可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be preset by the protocol; or, it may be configured by the network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be an RRC message or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设最大发射功率可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the preset maximum transmission power may be the maximum transmission power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23 dBm, 26 dBm or 14 dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一预设功率值可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第三对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度的索引,其中,第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, when the second indication information is an index of available uplink sending time length, determine the index of available uplink sending time length according to the available uplink sending time length and the third corresponding relationship , wherein the third correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink sending time length and the index of the available uplink sending time length;
第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第四对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引,其中,第四对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, determine the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length according to the available uplink transmission time length and the fourth corresponding relationship The index, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the corresponding relationship between the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三对应关系和/或第四对应关系可以是协议预先设定;或者,可以是网络设备根据高层信令配置的,其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制RRC消息、或MAC CE。In a possible implementation manner, the third correspondence and/or the fourth correspondence may be pre-set by a protocol; or may be configured by a network device according to high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling may be radio resource control RRC message, or MAC CE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
第三字段为预留比特位,第四字段指示第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
第三字段为第一状态值时,第四字段指示第二指示信息;第三字段为第二状态值时,第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第三字段指示功率余量等级,第四字段指示第二指示信息。The third field indicates the power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),该LCID为预设值,此预设值用于指示MAC CE用于上报第二指示信息。In a possible implementation, the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel ID (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value is used to indicate that the MAC CE is used to report the second Instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特。In a possible implementation manner, the length of the second indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道 PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元还用于,接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息;在物理上行信道资源上向网络设备发送第二指示信息;In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device; and send second indication information to the network device on the physical uplink channel resources;
其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第二指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第五指示信息的时间单元后的m个时间单元,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报第二指示信息,其中,m为自然数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the fifth time unit received from the network device m time units after the time unit of the indication information, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, where m is a natural number; or,
第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。The starting time unit of the first time period is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一时间段的终止时间单元为时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的终止时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the end time unit of the first time period is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time unit of the first time period is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的配置信息,配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes location information of the first time period and/or location information of the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is also used to:
根据如下至少一个第二触发事件,触发第二指示信息的上报过程:Trigger the reporting process of the second indication information according to at least one second trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第二指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires;
配置的第二禁止上报定时器超时,第二禁止上报定时器用于在第二禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止第二指示信息的上报;The configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送时间长度小于第五阈值;The available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第二指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第六阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,触发第二指示信息上报的定时器、第二禁止上报定时器、第五阈值、第六阈值中至少一个可以是网络设备通过RRC消息配置的。In a possible implementation manner, at least one of the timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, and the sixth threshold may be configured by the network device through an RRC message.
关于第七方面或第七方面的各种可选的实施方式及技术效果,可参考上述关于第三方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the seventh aspect or various optional implementation manners and technical effects of the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the above introduction about the technical effects of the corresponding implementation manners of the third aspect.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,通信装置可以为网络设备或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片。在该装置中,包括:In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be a network device or a chip disposed inside the network device. In this device, include:
收发单元,向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;a transceiver unit, configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
收发单元还用于,接收终端设备在物理上行信道资源上发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度;The transceiver unit is further configured to send the second indication information on the physical uplink channel resource by the receiving terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
其中,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元,可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的能量,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit uplink signals determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is used for Energy for sending an uplink signal, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量,其中,In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, where,
时间窗为终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,发射功率的平均值是时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or,
时间窗为终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在时间窗内终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmission power to send uplink signals; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度,或者,可用上 行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or a ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to a preset time period, Alternatively, an index of a ratio of the uplink sending time length to the preset time period length may be used.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设时间段为时间窗;或者,预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量可以以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units during which the uplink signal can be transmitted with the first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一预设功率值可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率,例如23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard, for example, 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括处理单元,In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes a processing unit,
处理单元用于,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,根据可用上行发送时间长度的索引、以及第三对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度,其中,第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;The processing unit is configured to determine the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship when the second indication information is the index of the available uplink transmission time length, wherein the third corresponding relationship is the available uplink transmission time length The corresponding relationship between the sending time length and the index of the available uplink sending time length;
第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,根据可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引、以及第四对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,其中,第四对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。When the second indication information is the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, the available uplink transmission time is determined according to the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the fourth corresponding relationship The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, wherein the fourth correspondence is the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period relation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,In a possible implementation, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
第三字段为预留比特位,第四字段指示第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
第三字段为第一状态值时,第四字段指示第二指示信息;第一字段为第二状态值时,第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第三字段指示功率余量等级,第四字段指示第二指示信息。The third field indicates the power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。In a possible implementation manner, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于,根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标资源,目标资源用于终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的资源不用于终端设备发送上行信号。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, according to the second indication information, determine the target resource within the first time period, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or, according to the second indication information, determine Resources within the first time period are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
关于第八方面或第八方面的各种可选的实施方式及技术效果,可参考上述关于第四方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the eighth aspect or various optional implementation manners and technical effects of the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the above introduction about the technical effects of the corresponding implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以使得该装置执行上述任一方面或该方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该装置还包括存储器。可选地,该装置还包括接口电路,处理器与接口电路耦合。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so that the device executes the method in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation manner of this aspect. Optionally, the device further includes a memory. Optionally, the device further includes an interface circuit, and the processor is coupled to the interface circuit.
第十方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。该处理电路用于通过该输入电路接收信号,并通过该输出电路发射信号,使得该处理器执行上述任一方面或该方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation manner of this aspect.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实 现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be a chip, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver, the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output The circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行上述任一方面或该方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and may receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned aspects or any possible implementation manners of this aspect.
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
上述第十一方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the eleventh aspect above can be a chip, and the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面或该方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be referred to as code, or an instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes any one of the above aspects or this aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面或该方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the computer performs any one of the above-mentioned aspects or the A method in any one of the possible implementations of the aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例适用的一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例适用的另一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例适用的再一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备采用瞬时高功率传输的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device using instantaneous high-power transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种MAC CE格式的示意图;Fig. 6 a is the schematic diagram of a kind of MAC CE format that the embodiment of the present application provides;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的另一种MAC CE格式的示意图;Fig. 6 b is the schematic diagram of another kind of MAC CE format that the embodiment of the present application provides;
图6c为本申请实施例提供的再一种MAC CE格式的示意图;Figure 6c is a schematic diagram of another MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的一种有关时间窗的示意图;Fig. 8a is a schematic diagram of a related time window provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的一种示意性框图;FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一种示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例提供的技术可以应用于图1所示的通信系统10中,通信系统10包括一个或多个通信装置30(例如,终端设备)经由一个或多个接入网设备20连接到一个或多个核心网设备,以实现多个通信设备之间的通信。所述通信系统例如可以支持2G,3G,4G,或5G(有时也称为new radio,NR)接入技术的通信系统,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系 统,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的蜂窝系统,支持多种无线技术融合的通信系统,或者是面向未来的演进系统。The technology provided by the embodiment of this application can be applied to the communication system 10 shown in FIG. or multiple core network devices to implement communication among multiple communication devices. The communication system may support, for example, a communication system of 2G, 3G, 4G, or 5G (sometimes also called new radio, NR) access technology, a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, a third generation partnership project ( 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related cellular system, a communication system that supports the integration of multiple wireless technologies, or a future-oriented evolution system.
本申请中,终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以是固定设备,移动设备、手持设备(例如手机)、穿戴设备、车载设备,或内置于上述设备中的无线装置(例如,通信模块,调制解调器,或芯片系统等)。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通,智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。所述终端设备有时可称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等,为描述方便,本申请中将终端设备以UE为例进行说明。In this application, a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above-mentioned devices (such as a communication module, modem, or system-on-a-chip, etc.). The terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios. The terminal equipment may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc. For the convenience of description, the terminal equipment is referred to in this application as UE is taken as an example for description.
本申请中的网络设备,例如包括接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,和/或核心网(core network,CN)设备。所述接入网设备为具有无线收发功能的设备,用于与所述终端设备进行通信。所述接入网设备包括但不限于上述通信系统中的基站(BTS,Node B,eNodeB/eNB,或gNodeB/gNB)、收发点(transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,WiFi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。所述基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种接入技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同接入技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,或车载设备等。例如,V2X技术中的网络设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。以下对接入网设备以为基站为例进行说明。所述通信系统中多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端设备进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同接入技术中的多个基站进行通信。所述核心网设备用于实现移动管理,数据处理,会话管理,策略和计费等功能。不同接入技术的系统中实现核心网功能的设备名称可以不同,本申请并不对此进行限定。以5G系统为例,所述核心网设备包括:访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等。The network equipment in this application includes, for example, access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, and/or core network (core network, CN) equipment. The access network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, and is used for communicating with the terminal device. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to the base station (BTS, Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB) in the above-mentioned communication system, the transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, and the WiFi system Access nodes, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc. The base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, and the like. Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same access technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different access technologies. A base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and reception points. The network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The network device can also be a server, a wearable device, or a vehicle-mounted device, etc. For example, the network device in the V2X technology may be a road side unit (road side unit, RSU). In the following, the base station is used as an example for the access network device to be described. The multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types. The base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station. A terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies. The core network equipment is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and charging. The names of devices implementing core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, which is not limited in this application. Taking the 5G system as an example, the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), or user plane function (user plane function, UPF) Wait.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the function of the network device.
本申请实施例中,对于名词的数目,除非特别说明,表示“单数名词或复数名词”,即"一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如,A/B,表示:A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也 可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, for the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, it means "singular noun or plural noun", that is, "one or more". "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如,第一字段和第二字段,可以是同一个字段,也可以是不同的字段,且,这种名称并不是表示这两个周期对应的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度的不同。The ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in this embodiment of the application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects. For example, the first field and the second field may be the same field or different fields, and this name does not indicate the size, content, sequence, timing, priority or importance of the two cycles s difference.
图2示出了本申请提供的通信系统10中的另一种通信网络架构。如图2所示,通信系统包括核心网(new core,CN)和无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)。其中RAN中的网络设备(例如,基站)包括基带装置和射频装置。基带装置可以由一个或多个节点实现,射频装置可以从基带装置拉远独立实现,也可以集成基带装置中,或者部分拉远部分集成在基带装置中。RAN中的网络设备可以包括集中单元(CU)和分布单元(DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据其具备的无线网络的协议层功能进行划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。需要说明的是,这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分。射频装置可以拉远,不放在DU中,也可以集成在DU中,或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中,本申请不作任何限制。FIG. 2 shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the communication system includes a core network (new core, CN) and a radio access network (radio access network, RAN). The network equipment (for example, base station) in the RAN includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. The baseband device can be implemented by one or more nodes, and the radio frequency device can be remote from the baseband device and implemented independently, or can be integrated into the baseband device, or partly remote and partly integrated into the baseband device. Network devices in the RAN may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU. CU and DU can be divided according to their wireless network protocol layer functions. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU. It should be noted that the division of such protocol layers is only an example, and may also be divided in other protocol layers. The radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this application.
图3示出了本申请提供的通信系统10中的另一种通信网络架构。相对于图2所示的架构,还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。在该网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给UE,或者UE产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给UE或CU。在该网络架构中,将CU划分为作为RAN侧的网络设备,此外,也可以将CU划分作为CN侧的网络设备,本申请对此不做限制。FIG. 3 shows another communication network architecture in the communication system 10 provided by the present application. Compared with the architecture shown in Figure 2, the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity). In this network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the UE through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling. In this network architecture, a CU is classified as a network device on the RAN side. In addition, a CU may also be classified as a network device on the CN side, which is not limited in this application.
为了提升上行覆盖,一种可能的实现方式为,配置了高能力功率放大器(或称功放)的终端设备可以支持在一定时间内以高于标准规定的最大发射功率(例如,23dBm)发送信号,从而通过瞬时高功率发送,使得终端设备在位于小区边缘时,或者存在大数据包进行传输时,提高终端设备传输速率,进而提高用户的体验。但长时间采用高功率发送信号可能会导致终端设备总功率不满足法规要求,或者,可能会对人体造成辐射。因此,在一段时间内终端设备的平均发射功率或者终端设备用于信号发送的总能量需要满足不超过某一阈值的条件。In order to improve the uplink coverage, a possible implementation method is that the terminal equipment configured with a high-capacity power amplifier (or power amplifier) can support sending signals at a maximum transmission power (for example, 23dBm) specified by the standard within a certain period of time, Therefore, through instantaneous high-power transmission, when the terminal device is located at the edge of the cell, or when there is a large data packet for transmission, the transmission rate of the terminal device is increased, thereby improving user experience. However, sending signals with high power for a long time may cause the total power of the terminal equipment to fail to meet regulatory requirements, or may cause radiation to the human body. Therefore, the average transmission power of the terminal device or the total energy used by the terminal device for signal transmission within a period of time needs to meet the condition that it does not exceed a certain threshold.
举个例子,如图4所示,长度为T的时间段内(如下称时间段T),终端设备可以通过高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号;但在长度为L的时间段内(如下称时间窗),终端设备的平均功率不超过标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率,其中,时间段T位于时间窗内,时间段T的长度小于或等于时间窗。换句话说,此场景下,在时间窗内终端设备用于上行发送的能量是一定的,终端设备可以在一定时间段内通过瞬时高功率来发送上行信号。当终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送一段时间后,可能会导致终端设备可用于上行发送的能量不足(或称能量透支),甚至出现可用于上行发送的能量为零的情况,此时,如果网络设备仍调度该终端设备发送上行信号,可能会出现终端设备由于上行发送的能量不足而导致上行信号传输失败的情况,影响上行覆盖和上行传输速率。For example, as shown in Figure 4, within a time period of length T (hereinafter referred to as time period T), the terminal device can send uplink signals with a transmission power higher than the maximum specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power); but Within a time period of length L (hereinafter referred to as the time window), the average power of the terminal equipment does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard, where the time period T is within the time window, and the length of the time period T is less than or equal to the time window. In other words, in this scenario, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink transmission within the time window is constant, and the terminal device can transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power within a certain period of time. When a terminal device transmits with instantaneous high power for a period of time, the energy available for uplink transmission of the terminal device may be insufficient (or energy overdraft), or even the energy available for uplink transmission may be zero. At this time, if the network device If the terminal device is still scheduled to send uplink signals, the uplink signal transmission failure of the terminal device may occur due to insufficient uplink transmission energy, affecting uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及通信装置,以提升上行覆盖和上行传输速率。Based on this, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, so as to improve uplink coverage and uplink transmission rate.
参考图5,本申请提供的一种通信方法的一个实施例,包括:Referring to FIG. 5, an embodiment of a communication method provided by this application includes:
S501,终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元。S501. The terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes multiple time units.
可用上行发送能量用于上行信号的发送,可用上行发送能量也可以称为可用上行传 输能量、或称为可用于上行发送的能量、或称为剩余发送能量(residual transmit energy,RTE)或其他的名称,本申请对名称并不做限定,为了便于描述,以名称是可用上行发送能量为例说明。第一时间段内可用上行发送能量指第一时间段内可用于发送上行信号的能量。The available uplink transmission energy is used for the transmission of uplink signals, and the available uplink transmission energy may also be referred to as available uplink transmission energy, or energy available for uplink transmission, or residual transmit energy (RTE) or other Name, this application does not limit the name, for the convenience of description, the name is the available uplink transmission energy as an example. The available uplink transmission energy in the first time period refers to the energy available for sending uplink signals in the first time period.
其中,上行信号可以为如下至少一种:上行数据、上行控制信令、或上行参考信号。具体地,上行数据可以是上行业务数据;上行控制信令可以为调度请求(scheduling request,SR)、或信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)、或肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)、或否定应答(negative acknowledgement);上行参考信号可以为上行解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、信道探测信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)、前导码preamble等。Wherein, the uplink signal may be at least one of the following: uplink data, uplink control signaling, or uplink reference signal. Specifically, the uplink data may be uplink service data; the uplink control signaling may be a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), or a channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI), or an acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK), or a negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment); the uplink reference signal may be an uplink demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), a channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), a preamble preamble, and the like.
可选地,可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量(或称可用于上行传输的能量);其中,时间窗为终端设备的平均发射功率不超过某一阈值的时间段;或者,时间窗为终端设备可以通过高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号的时间段;或者,时间窗为终端设备评估可用上行发送能量的时间段;或者,终端设备在该时间窗内用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。Optionally, the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission (or the energy available for uplink transmission) within the first time period of the time window; wherein, the time window is that the average transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed a certain The time period of the threshold; or, the time window is the time period in which the terminal device can send uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmission power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power); or, the time window is the period in which the terminal device evaluates the available uplink transmission energy A time period; or, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission within the time window does not exceed the second threshold.
可以理解,终端设备在时间窗内可以通过瞬时高功率发送上行信号,但在该时间窗中终端设备的平均发送功率不超过标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率。或者,可以理解为终端设备在时间窗内可以通过瞬时高功率发送上行信号,但在该时间窗中终端设备的用于上行发送的能量不超过第二阈值。可选的,第二阈值可以为终端设备的最大发射功率与时间窗长度的乘积。It can be understood that the terminal device can transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power within the time window, but the average transmit power of the terminal device in this time window does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard. Alternatively, it may be understood that the terminal device may transmit an uplink signal with instantaneous high power within the time window, but the energy used for uplink transmission of the terminal device within the time window does not exceed the second threshold. Optionally, the second threshold may be the product of the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the length of the time window.
可选地,第一时间段的位置的表示方式有多种,例如,可以通过第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的终止时间单元来表示;或者,可以通过第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的时间长度来表示。相应地,终端设备可以根据第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的终止时间单元来确定第一时间段的对应的时域资源;或者,终端设备可以根据第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的时间长度来确定第一时间段的位置。Optionally, there are many ways to express the position of the first time period, for example, it can be represented by the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, it can be expressed by the first time period The starting time unit and the length of the first time period are represented. Correspondingly, the terminal device may determine the corresponding time domain resource of the first time period according to the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, the terminal device may determine the corresponding time domain resource according to the start time unit of the first time period The position of the first time period is determined based on the initial time unit and the time length of the first time period.
可选地,所述第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第一指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第三指示信息的时间单元后的第k个时间单元,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备上报所述第一指示信息,所述k为自然数;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。Optionally, the start time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the first indication information; or, the start time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the third indication information from the network device is received In the kth time unit after the time unit, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information, and the k is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the time unit sent by the network device The configuration information is determined.
可选地,可用上行发送能量是从所述起始时间单元开始到终止时间单元结束可以用于上行发送的能量;其中,所述终止时间单元为所述时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,所述终止时间单元是根据所述网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。可选地,所述配置信息包括如下至少一种:第一时间段的时间长度、第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息、或第一时间段的终止时间的信息。Optionally, the available uplink transmission energy is energy that can be used for uplink transmission from the start time unit to the end time unit; wherein the end time unit is a time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; Alternatively, the termination time unit is determined according to configuration information sent by the network device. Optionally, the configuration information includes at least one of the following: a time length of the first time period, information about a start time unit of the first time period, or information about an end time of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息为第一时间段的起始时间单元的索引。Further, the information of the start time unit of the first time period is an index of the start time unit of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的终止时间单元的信息为第一时间段的终止时间单元的索引。Further, the information of the end time unit of the first time period is an index of the end time unit of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的起始时间单元的索引和终止时间单元的索引可以是相对于时间窗的起始位置的偏移量(或称偏移位置)对应的索引;或者,这两个索引也可以是相对于某个时间参考点的位置索引,该时间参考点的位置可以是某个无线帧的边界(例如,该无线帧的上边界或下边界)和/或某个无线子帧的边界(例如,该无线子帧的上边界该无线子帧的下边界),本申请对此不做限制。此外,该时间参考点的位置可以是协议预设的、或者是网络设备 指示的。Further, the index of the start time unit and the index of the end time unit of the first time period may be indexes corresponding to the offset (or offset position) relative to the start position of the time window; or, the two The index may also be a position index relative to a certain time reference point, and the position of the time reference point may be the boundary of a certain radio frame (for example, the upper or lower boundary of the radio frame) and/or a certain radio subframe The boundaries of (for example, the upper boundary of the radio subframe and the lower boundary of the radio subframe), which are not limited in this application. In addition, the position of the time reference point may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
可选地,偏移量可以是以时间单元为单位;此外,该偏移量的取值可以是自然数,例如,偏移量为0、或1、或2等,本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the offset may be in units of time; in addition, the value of the offset may be a natural number, for example, the offset is 0, or 1, or 2, etc., which is not limited in the present application .
可选地,配置信息可以承载于无线资源控制RRC消息。Optionally, configuration information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
可选地,时间单元可以是子帧、时隙、符号或者是其他粒度的时间单元。Optionally, the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
可选地,所述k的取值可以是协议预设、或者是网络设备指示,本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the value of k may be a protocol preset or an indication of a network device, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备上报第一指示信息;或者,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first indication information; or, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information; 1. Instructions.
可选地,第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC消息、或PDCCH或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。Optionally, the third indication information is carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH, or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
可选地,时间窗的位置可以是协议预设;或者,时间窗的位置是根据来自网络设备的时间窗的位置信息确定的。Optionally, the position of the time window may be preset by the protocol; or, the position of the time window is determined according to the position information of the time window from the network device.
进一步地,时间窗可以是预设的一个时间单元,或者是预设的在时域上连续的多个时间单元。可以理解,在预设的一个时间单元或预设的在时域上连续的多个时间单元内,终端设备的上行发送能量不超过某一阈值。这里,时间单元可以是无线帧、子帧、时隙、符号或者是其他粒度的时间单元。Further, the time window may be a preset time unit, or a preset multiple time units continuous in the time domain. It can be understood that within a preset time unit or multiple preset time units that are continuous in the time domain, the uplink transmission energy of the terminal device does not exceed a certain threshold. Here, the time unit may be a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
举个例子,时间窗可以是一个无线帧,或者,时间窗可以是预设的在时域上连续的多个无线帧;可以理解,在预设的一个无线帧或预设的在时域上连续的多个无线帧内,终端设备的上行发送能量不超过某一阈值。一种可能的实现中,所述时间窗可以是无线帧M(或称序号为M的无线帧),其中,M是正整数,M的取值范围可以是0~1023,例如,M为10或100或500。另一种可能的实现中,时间窗可以是开始于无线帧M且在时域上连续的N个无线帧,其中,M和N是正整数。For example, the time window may be a wireless frame, or the time window may be a preset multiple wireless frames that are continuous in the time domain; it can be understood that in a preset wireless frame or a preset time domain In multiple consecutive wireless frames, the uplink transmission energy of the terminal device does not exceed a certain threshold. In a possible implementation, the time window may be a radio frame M (or a radio frame with a serial number M), where M is a positive integer, and the value range of M may be 0 to 1023, for example, M is 10 or 100 or 500. In another possible implementation, the time window may be N radio frames that start from the radio frame M and are continuous in the time domain, where M and N are positive integers.
进一步地,时间窗的位置信息的表示方式有多种,例如,可以通过周期相关的参数来表示时间窗的位置信息,或者可以通过定时器相关的参数来表示时间窗的位置信息,如下以方式a1和a2进行说明:Further, there are many ways to express the location information of the time window. For example, the location information of the time window can be represented by cycle-related parameters, or the location information of the time window can be represented by timer-related parameters, as follows: a1 and a2 for explanation:
方式a1:通过周期相关的参数信息来表示时间窗的位置信息。Mode a1: The position information of the time window is represented by period-related parameter information.
在此方式下,时间窗是周期出现的,时间窗的位置信息可以包括如下至少一种:第一周期、第一起始位置、第一偏置或第一持续时间。In this manner, the time window appears periodically, and the location information of the time window may include at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset, or a first duration.
举个例子,时间窗包括第一周期T、第一偏置offset和第一持续时间。相应地,终端设备可以根据系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)和第一周期T来确定第一起始位置,进而根据第一起始位置和第一偏置确定时间窗的起始位置,根据第一持续时间确定时间窗的持续时间(或称时间窗的长度)。For example, the time window includes a first period T, a first offset and a first duration. Correspondingly, the terminal device may determine the first starting position according to the system frame number (system frame number, SFN) and the first cycle T, and then determine the starting position of the time window according to the first starting position and the first offset, and determine the starting position of the time window according to the first period T. A duration determines the duration of the time window (or called the length of the time window).
第一起始位置所在的系统帧号可以满足如下公式之一:SFN mod T=0;SFN mod T=offset;(SFN+offset)mod T=0。The system frame number where the first starting position is located may satisfy one of the following formulas: SFN mod T=0; SFN mod T=offset; (SFN+offset)mod T=0.
可选地,第一偏置offset取值为自然数。Optionally, the value of the first offset offset is a natural number.
进一步地,当第一偏置offset取值为0时,可以在时间窗的位置信息中携带取值为0的第一偏置值;或者,也可以不在时间窗的位置信息中携带第一偏置,换句话说,如果时间窗的位置信息中不包括第一偏置,可以默认第一偏置为0。Further, when the value of the first offset offset is 0, the first offset value with a value of 0 may be carried in the position information of the time window; or, the first offset value may not be carried in the position information of the time window. In other words, if the position information of the time window does not include the first offset, the first offset may be 0 by default.
方式a2:通过定时器相关的参数来表示时间窗的位置信息。Mode a2: The position information of the time window is represented by parameters related to the timer.
在此方式下,时间窗的位置信息包括:第一定时器,可以理解,终端设备根据第一定时 器可以确定时间窗。In this manner, the location information of the time window includes: a first timer, and it can be understood that the terminal device can determine the time window according to the first timer.
举个例子,终端设备启动(重启)第一定时器,在第一定时器超时前,终端设备确定对应的时间为时间窗的时间;如果第一定时器超时,重新启动第一定时器。For example, the terminal device starts (restarts) the first timer, and before the first timer expires, the terminal device determines that the corresponding time is the time of the time window; if the first timer expires, restart the first timer.
可选地,终端设备启动第一定时器的时刻可以是协议预设、或者是网络设备指示的。Optionally, the moment when the terminal device starts the first timer may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
可选地,时间窗的位置信息可以承载于无线资源控制RRC消息、或PDCCH或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。Optionally, the location information of the time window may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
可选地,终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量的方式有多种,如下以方式b1进行说明:Optionally, there are multiple ways for the terminal device to determine the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period, as described below in way b1:
方式b1:终端设备根据时间窗内终端设备的第一能量值、和终端设备在所述时间窗的第一时间段对应的起始时间之前已经使用的上行发送能量,确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量。Mode b1: The terminal device determines the energy available in the first time period according to the first energy value of the terminal device in the time window and the uplink transmission energy that the terminal device has used before the start time corresponding to the first time period of the time window. Send energy uplink.
此方式下,终端设备根据时间窗内终端设备的第一能量值、以及终端设备已经使用的上行发送能量,确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量。In this manner, the terminal device determines the available uplink transmission energy within the first time period according to the first energy value of the terminal device within the time window and the uplink transmission energy already used by the terminal device.
可选地,第一能量值可以是终端设备被配置的用于上行信号发送的能量的最大值。Optionally, the first energy value may be a maximum value of energy configured by the terminal device for sending uplink signals.
可选地,第一能量值可以是预设的,或者是根据标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率和时间窗的长度确定的。Optionally, the first energy value may be preset, or determined according to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the length of the time window specified in the standard.
进一步地,第一能量值等于标准中规定的终端设备的最大发射功率和时间窗的长度之间的乘积。Further, the first energy value is equal to the product of the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard and the length of the time window.
进一步地,标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率可以为23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。需要说明的是,在本实施例中,如果终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量的值不是整数,可以采用向上取整或向下取整运算对该值进行修正,本申请对此不做限制。Further, the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard may be 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, if the terminal device determines that the value of the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period is not an integer, the value may be corrected by rounding up or rounding down. No restrictions.
S502,终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送能量。S502. The terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission energy.
相应地,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一指示信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
可选地,第一指示信息为如下至少一种:可用上行发送能量、可用上行发送能量的索引、第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率、或第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引。Optionally, the first indication information is at least one of the following: available uplink transmission energy, index of available uplink transmission energy, average transmission power of uplink signals transmitted within the first time period, or average transmission power of uplink signals transmitted within the first time period Index of transmit power.
可选地,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元的个数的比值,或者,第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值。Optionally, the average transmission power of uplink signals sent during the first time period is the ratio of available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, or the average transmission power of uplink signals sent during the first time period The power is an average value of transmit power of uplink signals sent in all time units included in the first time period.
需要说明的是,上述的平均值,是在假设终端设备在第一时间段包括的每个时间单元都发送信号,从而终端设备根据第一时间段内每个时间单元发送上行信号使用的发射功率,计算第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率。It should be noted that the above average value is based on the assumption that the terminal device sends signals in every time unit included in the first time period, so that the terminal device transmits the uplink signal according to the transmission power used by each time unit in the first time period , calculate the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
需要说明的是,上述第一时间段是网络设备和终端设备共同知晓的,可以理解,网络设备和终端设备对第一时间段有相同的理解,从而两者可以基于对第一时间段的相同理解,根据第一指示信息,确定相同的可用上行发送能量。在一种可能的设计中,第一时间段可以是终端设备基于网络设备的配置信息确定的,或者,可以是终端设备自己确定的;可选地,终端设备可以通过高层信令将自己确定的第一时间段发送给网络设备;这里,高层信令可以是RRC消息、或MAC CE,本申请对此不做限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first time period is known to both the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that the network device and the terminal device have the same understanding of the first time period, so the two can It is understood that the same available uplink transmission energy is determined according to the first indication information. In a possible design, the first time period may be determined by the terminal device based on the configuration information of the network device, or may be determined by the terminal device itself; The first time period is sent to the network device; here, the high-layer signaling can be an RRC message or MAC CE, and this application does not limit it.
举个例子,如果第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为可用上行发送能量和第一时间段包括的全部时间单元的个数的比值,终端设备通过S501确定第一时间段内可用上行发 送能量值为x,第一时间段包括的全部时间单元的个数为y,则终端设备确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为x/y。For example, if the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period is the ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period, the terminal device determines the available uplink signal in the first time period through S501 The transmission energy value is x, and the number of all time units included in the first time period is y, then the terminal device determines that the average transmission power of the uplink signal in the first time period is x/y.
再举个例子,如果第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为第一时间段包括的全部时间单元内发送上行信号的发射功率的平均值,终端设备确定第一时间段包括的每个时间单元发送上行信号使用的发送功率分别为z1、z2、z3、z4、z5,则终端设备确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为(z1+z2+z3+z4+z5)/5。For another example, if the average transmit power of uplink signals sent in the first time period is the average value of the transmit power of uplink signals sent in all time units included in the first time period, the terminal device determines that each time unit included in the first time period The transmit powers used to transmit uplink signals in time units are z1, z2, z3, z4, and z5, and the terminal device determines that the average transmit power of uplink signals in the first time period is (z1+z2+z3+z4+z5)/ 5.
进一步地,第一指示信息为可用上行发送能量的索引时,所述方法还包括:Further, when the first indication information is an index of available uplink transmission energy, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送能量、以及第一对应关系,确定上行发送能量的索引,其中,第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;或者,Determine the index of the uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first correspondence, where the first correspondence is the correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the uplink transmission energy; or,
进一步地,第一指示信息为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,所述方法还包括:Further, when the first indication information is an index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送能量,以及第二对应关系,确定平均发射功率的索引,其中,第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。Determine the index of the average transmission power according to the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship, where the second corresponding relationship is the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period and the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period Correspondence between indices of power.
可选地,第一对应关系的表示方式有多种,例如,可以是通过表格来表示。Optionally, there are multiple ways to represent the first correspondence, for example, it may be represented by a table.
在一个示例中,第一对应关系通过一个表格来表示,该表格可以包括上行发送能量的索引和上行发送能量值(或称RTE)的范围的对应关系。如表1所示,为通过一个表格来表示第一对应关系的一种示例,该表格中每个索引对应一个上行发送能量值的范围。In an example, the first correspondence is represented by a table, and the table may include a correspondence between an index of the uplink transmission energy and a range of the uplink transmission energy value (or called RTE). As shown in Table 1, it is an example of representing the first corresponding relationship through a table, and each index in the table corresponds to a range of uplink transmission energy values.
表1:上行发送能量索引表Table 1: Uplink sending energy index table
索引值index value 上行发送能量的范围(单位)Range of uplink sending energy (unit)
00 RTE<-32RTE<-32
11 -32≤RTE<-30-32≤RTE<-30
22 -30≤RTE<-28-30≤RTE<-28
33 -28≤RTE<-26-28≤RTE<-26
6060 32≤RTE<3432≤RTE<34
6161 34≤RTE<3634≤RTE<36
6262 36≤RTE<3836≤RTE<38
6363 RTE≥38RTE≥38
可选地,本申请中上行发送能量的范围的单位可以是焦耳、或千焦、或毫瓦×毫秒(mW×ms)、或为瓦×毫秒(W×ms)、或者为千瓦×毫秒(kW×ms)、或者为瓦×秒(W×s),本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt×millisecond (mW×ms), or watt×millisecond (W×ms), or kilowatt×millisecond ( kW×ms), or Watt×second (W×s), which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,终端设备可以根据S501中确定的第一时间段内可用上行发送能量位于表1中的哪个范围内,确定可用上行发送能量的索引,即确定第一指示信息。It can be understood that the terminal device may determine the index of the available uplink transmission energy, that is, determine the first indication information, according to which range in Table 1 the available uplink transmission energy is within the first time period determined in S501.
举个例子,如果终端设备通过S501确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量值为35,根据表1可知,35对应的上行发送能量值的索引值为61,即第一指示信息为61。For example, if the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 35, according to Table 1, the index value of the uplink transmission energy value corresponding to 35 is 61, that is, the first indication information is 61.
需要说明的是,表1仅为举例,上行发送能量的索引和上行发送能量值之间对应关系的表格大小、表格中的数值(或称数值范围)大小、以及表格中数值的单位,本发明不做限制。It should be noted that Table 1 is only an example, the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the value of the uplink transmission energy, the size of the value (or value range) in the table, and the unit of the value in the table, the present invention No restrictions.
在另一个示例中,第一对应关系通过两个表格来表示,具体地,一个表格可以包括上行发送能量的索引和上行发送能量等级的对应关系,另一个表格可以包括上行发送能量等级和上行发送能量值(或称RTE)的范围的对应关系。如表2和表3所示,为通过两个表格来表示第一对应关系的一种示例,其中,表2中每个索引对应一个上行发送能量等级,表3中每个上行发送能量等级对应着一个上行发送能量值的范围。In another example, the first correspondence is represented by two tables. Specifically, one table may include the index of the uplink transmission energy and the correspondence between the uplink transmission energy level, and the other table may include the uplink transmission energy level and the uplink transmission energy level. Correspondence between ranges of energy values (or called RTE). As shown in Table 2 and Table 3, it is an example of representing the first corresponding relationship through two tables, wherein each index in Table 2 corresponds to an uplink transmission energy level, and each uplink transmission energy level in Table 3 corresponds to There is a range of uplink sending energy value.
表2:上行发送能量的索引和能量等级的对应关系示例Table 2: An example of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the energy level
索引值index value 能量等级energy level
00 RTE_0RTE_0
11 RTE_1RTE_1
22 RTE_2RTE_2
33 RTE_3RTE_3
 the
6060 RTE_60RTE_60
6161 RTE_61RTE_61
6262 RTE_62RTE_62
6363 RTE_63RTE_63
表3:能量等级和能量值范围的对应关系示例Table 3: Example of Correspondence Between Energy Levels and Energy Value Ranges
Figure PCTCN2022095139-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022095139-appb-000001
可选地,本申请中上行发送能量的范围的单位可以是焦耳、或千焦、或毫瓦×毫秒(mW×ms)、或为瓦×毫秒(W×ms)、或者为千瓦×毫秒(kW×ms)、或者为瓦×秒(W×s),本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt×millisecond (mW×ms), or watt×millisecond (W×ms), or kilowatt×millisecond ( kW×ms), or Watt×second (W×s), which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,终端设备可以根据S501中确定的第一时间段内可用上行发送能量位于表3中的哪个范围内,确定能量等级;根据确定的能量等级和表2,确定可用上行发送能量的索引,即确定第一指示信息。It can be understood that the terminal device may determine the energy level according to which range in Table 3 the available uplink transmission energy is within the first time period determined in S501; and determine the index of the available uplink transmission energy according to the determined energy level and Table 2, That is, the first indication information is determined.
举个例子,如果终端设备通过S501确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量值为33,根据表3可知,33对应的能量等级为RTE_60,根据表2可知,能量等级RTE_60对应的上行发送能量值的索引值为60,即第一指示信息为60。For example, if the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 33, according to Table 3, the energy level corresponding to 33 is RTE_60, and according to Table 2, the uplink transmission energy value corresponding to the energy level RTE_60 The index value of is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
需要说明的是,如上表2和表3仅为举例,上行发送能量的索引和上行发送能量等级之间对应关系的表格大小、上行发送能量等级和上行发送能量值(或称能量范围)之间的对应关系、每个表格中的数值大小、以及表格中的数值的单位本发明不做限制。但同一应用场景中,表2和表3对应的表格大小相同。It should be noted that, as the above Table 2 and Table 3 are only examples, the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink transmission energy and the uplink transmission energy level, the relationship between the uplink transmission energy level and the uplink transmission energy value (or energy range) The corresponding relationship, the magnitude of the values in each table, and the units of the values in the tables are not limited in the present invention. However, in the same application scenario, the tables corresponding to Table 2 and Table 3 have the same size.
可选地,第二对应关系的表示方式有多种,例如,可以是通过表格来表示。Optionally, there are multiple ways to represent the second correspondence, for example, it may be represented by a table.
在一个示例中,第二对应关系通过一个表格来表示,该表格可以包括平均发射功率(average transmit power,ATP)的索引和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的对应关系。如表4所示,为通过一个表格来表示第二对应关系的一种示例,该表格中每个索引对应一个平均发射功率。In an example, the second corresponding relationship is represented by a table, and the table may include a corresponding relationship between an index of an average transmit power (average transmit power, ATP) and an average transmit power for sending uplink signals within the first time period. As shown in Table 4, it is an example of representing the second corresponding relationship through a table, and each index in the table corresponds to an average transmit power.
表4:平均发射功率的索引表Table 4: Index table of average transmit power
索引值index value 上行平均发射功率(dBm)Uplink average transmit power (dBm)
00 ATP<-32ATP<-32
11 -32≤ATP<-30-32≤ATP<-30
22 -30≤ATP<-28-30≤ATP<-28
33 -28≤ATP<-26-28≤ATP<-26
6060 32≤ATP<3432≤ATP<34
6161 34≤ATP<3634≤ATP<36
6262 36≤ATP<3836≤ATP<38
6363 ATP≥38ATP≥38
可以理解,终端设备可以根据S501中确定的第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,根据可用上行发送能量确定第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率;根据确定的平均发射功率和表4,确定平均发射功率位于表4中的哪个范围内,确定平均发射功率的索引值,即确定第一指示信息。It can be understood that the terminal device may determine the average transmission power for sending uplink signals within the first time period according to the available uplink transmission energy determined in S501 within the first time period, and according to the available uplink transmission energy; according to the determined average transmission power and Table 4, Determine which range in Table 4 the average transmit power is in, determine the index value of the average transmit power, that is, determine the first indication information.
举个例子,如果终端设备通过S501确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量值为96,确定第一时间段内的平均发射功率值为32,根据表4可知,32对应的上行平均发射功率的索引值为60,即第一指示信息为60。For example, if the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 96, and the average transmission power value in the first time period is determined to be 32, according to Table 4, the uplink average transmission power corresponding to 32 is The index value is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
需要说明的是,表4仅为举例,上行平均发射功率的索引和上行平均发射功率之间对应关系的表格大小、以及表格中的数值(或称数值范围)大小,本发明不做限制。It should be noted that Table 4 is only an example, and the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the uplink average transmit power and the uplink average transmit power, as well as the values (or value ranges) in the table, are not limited by the present invention.
在另一个示例中,第二对应关系通过两个表格来表示,具体地,一个表格可以包括上行平均发射功率的索引和上行平均发射功率等级的对应关系,另一个表格可以包括上行平均发射功率等级和上行平均发射功率(或称ATP)的范围的对应关系。如表5和表6所示,为通过两个表格来表示第二对应关系的一种示例,其中,表5中每个索引对应一个上行平均发射功率等级,表6中每个上行平均发射功率等级对应着一个上行平均发射功率值的范围。In another example, the second correspondence is represented by two tables. Specifically, one table may include the index of the uplink average transmit power and the correspondence between the uplink average transmit power level, and the other table may include the uplink average transmit power level Corresponding relationship with the range of uplink average transmit power (or called ATP). As shown in Table 5 and Table 6, it is an example of representing the second corresponding relationship through two tables, where each index in Table 5 corresponds to an uplink average transmit power level, and each uplink average transmit power level in Table 6 A level corresponds to a range of uplink average transmit power values.
表5:平均发射功率值的索引和平均发射功率值等级的对应关系示例Table 5: An example of the corresponding relationship between the index of the average transmit power value and the level of the average transmit power value
索引值index value 平均发射功率等级Average transmit power level
00 ATP_0ATP_0
11 ATP_1ATP_1
22 ATP_2ATP_2
33 ATP_3ATP_3
 the
6060 ATP_60ATP_60
6161 ATP_61ATP_61
6262 ATP_62ATP_62
6363 ATP_63ATP_63
表6:平均发射功率值等级和平均发射功率值范围的对应关系示例Table 6: An example of the corresponding relationship between the average transmit power level and the average transmit power value range
Figure PCTCN2022095139-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022095139-appb-000002
可选地,本申请中上行发送能量的范围的单位可以是焦耳、或千焦、或毫瓦×毫秒(mW×ms)、或为瓦×毫秒(W×ms)、或者为千瓦×毫秒(kW×ms)、或者为瓦×秒(W×s),本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the unit of the range of uplink transmission energy in this application may be joule, or kilojoule, or milliwatt×millisecond (mW×ms), or watt×millisecond (W×ms), or kilowatt×millisecond ( kW×ms), or Watt×second (W×s), which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,终端设备可以根据S501中确定的第一时间段内可用上行发送能量对应的平均发射功率,根据平均发射功率位于表6中的哪个范围内,确定平均发射功率等级;根据确定的平均发射功率等级和表5,确定平均发射功率等级的索引,即确定第一指示信息。It can be understood that the terminal device can determine the average transmit power level according to the average transmit power corresponding to the available uplink transmit energy in the first time period determined in S501, and according to which range the average transmit power is in Table 6; The power level and Table 5 determine the index of the average transmit power level, that is, determine the first indication information.
举个例子,如果终端设备通过S501确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量值为96,确定第一时间段内的平均发射功率值为32,根据表6可知,32对应的上行平均发射功率的等级为ATP_60,根据表5,ATP_60对应的上行平均发射功率的索引值为60,即第一指示信息为60。For example, if the terminal device determines through S501 that the available uplink transmission energy value in the first time period is 96, and the average transmission power value in the first time period is determined to be 32, according to Table 6, the uplink average transmission power corresponding to 32 is The grade is ATP_60. According to Table 5, the index value of the uplink average transmit power corresponding to ATP_60 is 60, that is, the first indication information is 60.
需要说明的是,如上表5和表6仅为举例,上行平均发射功率的索引和上行平均发射功率等级之间对应关系的表格大小、上行平均发射功率等级和上行平均发射功率值(或称能量范围)之间的对应关系、每个表格中的数值大小、以及每个表格中的数值单位,本发明不做限制。但同一应用场景中,表5和表6对应的表格大小相同。It should be noted that, as above Table 5 and Table 6 are only examples, the table size, the uplink average transmit power level and the uplink average transmit power value (or energy Range), the numerical value in each table, and the numerical unit in each table are not limited by the present invention. However, in the same application scenario, the tables corresponding to Table 5 and Table 6 have the same size.
可选地,如上第一对应关系、第二对应关系中至少一种是协议预设或者是网络设备配置的。进一步地,网络设备可以通过RRC消息或者广播消息配置上述对应关系。Optionally, at least one of the above first correspondence and the second correspondence is preset by a protocol or configured by a network device. Further, the network device may configure the above corresponding relationship through an RRC message or a broadcast message.
可选地,第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE,或者,第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。Optionally, the first indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE, or the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
进一步地,UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。Further, the UCI is carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
进一步地,在UCI承载于PUSCH的情况下,所述UCI的调制编码方式与所述PUSCH的调制编码方式相同。所述UCI对应的用于承载该UCI的资源粒子(resource element,RE)可以基于所述UCI对应的码率补偿因子确定,该码率补偿因子为DCI指示,或者为高层参数(例如RRC信令或RRC信令中的参数)配置的。可选地,所述UCI可以承载于所述PUSCH的第一个解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)后的数据符号上;或者,所述UCI可以承载于该PUSCH用于承载混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment,HARQ-ACK)信息的数据符号之后;或者,所述UCI可以承载于该PUSCH用于承载部分或全部信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)信息的数据符号之后。Further, in the case that the UCI is carried on the PUSCH, the modulation and coding scheme of the UCI is the same as the modulation and coding scheme of the PUSCH. The resource element (resource element, RE) used to bear the UCI corresponding to the UCI may be determined based on the code rate compensation factor corresponding to the UCI, and the code rate compensation factor is indicated by the DCI, or is a high-level parameter (such as RRC signaling or parameters in RRC signaling) configured. Optionally, the UCI may be carried on a data symbol after the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) of the PUSCH; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH for carrying hybrid automatic repeating After transmitting the data symbol of the hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) information; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH to carry part or all of the data of the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information after the symbol.
进一步地,所述UCI可以采用一种新的UCI格式,这里UCI格式可以是指UCI中携带的信息种类和/或UCI所携带的信息的大小。也就是说,所述UCI所携带的信息为用于指示可用上行传输能量的信息,和/或,所述UCI的大小为第一数值。第一数值可以为6、7或8,即所述UCI所携带的信息的大小为6、7或8比特。Further, the UCI may adopt a new UCI format, where the UCI format may refer to the type of information carried in the UCI and/or the size of the information carried in the UCI. That is to say, the information carried by the UCI is information used to indicate available uplink transmission energy, and/or, the size of the UCI is a first value. The first value may be 6, 7 or 8, that is, the size of the information carried by the UCI is 6, 7 or 8 bits.
进一步地,第一指示信息承载于MAC CE中,MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中:Further, the first indication information is carried in the MAC CE, and the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
情况1:第一字段为预留比特位,第二字段指示所述第一指示信息,第一字段和第二字段可以承载于同一个字节中;或者,Case 1: The first field is a reserved bit, the second field indicates the first indication information, and the first field and the second field can be carried in the same byte; or,
情况2:第一字段为第一状态值时,第二字段指示的信息为第一指示信息,第一字段为第二状态值时,第二字段的信息为功率余量等级;或者,Case 2: when the first field is the first state value, the information indicated by the second field is the first indication information, and when the first field is the second state value, the information in the second field is the power headroom level; or,
情况3:第一字段为功率余量等级,第二字段为所述第一指示信息。Case 3: the first field is the power headroom level, and the second field is the first indication information.
进一步地,MAC CE还包括如下至少一种:第五字段、第六字段或第七字段;其中,第五字段用于指示是否在所述MAC CE中上报最大允许暴露值(maximum permissible exposure,MPE),第六字段用于指示MPE值、第七字段用于指示计算所述功率余量等级的 P Cmax。需要说明的是,在情况1中,所述MAC CE可以不包括用于指示是否在所述MAC CE中上报MPE的字段、用于指示MPE值的字段、用于指示计算所述功率余量等级的P Cmax字段。 Further, the MAC CE also includes at least one of the following: a fifth field, a sixth field, or a seventh field; wherein, the fifth field is used to indicate whether to report a maximum permissible exposure value (maximum permissible exposure, MPE in the MAC CE) ), the sixth field is used to indicate the MPE value, and the seventh field is used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level. It should be noted that, in case 1, the MAC CE may not include a field for indicating whether to report the MPE in the MAC CE, a field for indicating the MPE value, and a field for indicating the calculation of the power headroom level The P Cmax field.
进一步地,第一指示信息的长度为6比特、或7比特或8比特或其他比特数,本发明对此不做限制。Further, the length of the first indication information is 6 bits, or 7 bits, or 8 bits or other numbers of bits, which is not limited in the present invention.
进一步地,MAC CE对应的MAC子头中包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel ID,LCID),所述LCID为预设值,所述预设值指示所述MAC CE用于上报所述第一指示信息。Further, the MAC subhead corresponding to the MAC CE includes a logical channel identifier (logical channel ID, LCID), the LCID is a preset value, and the preset value indicates that the MAC CE is used to report the first indication information .
进一步地,所述LCID取值可以重用现有功率余量报告MAC CE的LCID,换句话说,所述LCID取值可以和功率余量报告MAC CE对应的LCID相同。例如,所述LCID取值可以为54、或56或57。Further, the value of the LCID can reuse the LCID of the existing power headroom reporting MAC CE, in other words, the value of the LCID can be the same as the LCID corresponding to the power headroom reporting MAC CE. For example, the value of the LCID may be 54, or 56, or 57.
进一步地,所述LCID取值可以不同于功率余量报告MAC CE的LCID。例如,所述LCID取值可以为35-44中任一值。Further, the value of the LCID may be different from the LCID of the power headroom report MAC CE. For example, the value of the LCID may be any value from 35-44.
举个例子,如图6a所示,MAC CE包括如下信息,其中,每8个比特为1个字节。For example, as shown in Figure 6a, the MAC CE includes the following information, where every 8 bits is 1 byte.
预留位:即预留比特位,预留位长度2比特;Reserved bits: Reserved bits, the reserved bit length is 2 bits;
第一指示信息:长度为6比特。The first indication information: the length is 6 bits.
在此示例中,MAC CE对应的LCID可以为35-44中任一值。In this example, the LCID corresponding to MAC CE can be any value in 35-44.
再举个例子,如图6b所示,MAC CE包括如下信息,其中,每8个比特为1个字节。For another example, as shown in Figure 6b, the MAC CE includes the following information, where every 8 bits is 1 byte.
第五字段:用于指示是否在MAC CE中上报MPE值,长度为1比特;具体地,如果第三字段置为“1”表示在MAC CE中上报MPE值,反之,如果第五字段置为“0”表示在MAC CE中上报MPE值的位置为预留位;The fifth field: used to indicate whether to report the MPE value in the MAC CE, the length is 1 bit; specifically, if the third field is set to "1", it means that the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE, otherwise, if the fifth field is set to "0" indicates that the position where the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE is a reserved bit;
第一字段:所述第一字段为第一状态值时,所述第二字段指示的信息为所述第一指示信息,所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第二字段的信息为功率余量等级,第一字段的长度为1比特;可以理解,第一状态值为1时,第二状态值为0;或者,第一状态值为0时,第二状态值为1;First field: when the first field is the first state value, the information indicated by the second field is the first indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the information indicated by the second field The information is the power headroom level, and the length of the first field is 1 bit; it can be understood that when the first state value is 1, the second state value is 0; or, when the first state value is 0, the second state value is 1 ;
第二字段:指示第一指示信息或功率余量值,长度为6比特;The second field: indicates the first indication information or the power headroom value, and the length is 6 bits;
最大允许暴露值MPE或预留位:长度为2比特;The maximum allowable exposure value MPE or reserved bit: the length is 2 bits;
第七字段:用于指示计算所述功率余量等级的P Cmax,此字段长度6比特。 The seventh field: used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level, the length of this field is 6 bits.
再举个例子,如图6c所示,MAC CE包括如下信息:For another example, as shown in Figure 6c, the MAC CE includes the following information:
第五字段:用于指示是否在MAC CE中上报MPE值,长度为1比特;具体地,如果第五字段置为“1”表示在MAC CE中上报MPE值,反之,如果第五字段置为“0”表示在MAC CE中上报MPE值的位置为预留位;The fifth field: used to indicate whether to report the MPE value in the MAC CE, the length is 1 bit; specifically, if the fifth field is set to "1", it means that the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE, otherwise, if the fifth field is set to "0" indicates that the position where the MPE value is reported in the MAC CE is a reserved bit;
第一字段:置为“0”;The first field: set to "0";
功率余量值:指示功率余量的索引值,长度为6比特;Power headroom value: the index value indicating the power headroom, with a length of 6 bits;
最大允许暴露值MPE或预留位:长度为2比特;The maximum allowable exposure value MPE or reserved bit: the length is 2 bits;
第七字段:用于指示计算所述功率余量等级的P Cmax,此字段长度6比特。 The seventh field: used to indicate the P Cmax for calculating the power headroom level, the length of this field is 6 bits.
预留位:长度为2比特;Reserved bit: length is 2 bits;
第一指示信息:长度为6比特。The first indication information: the length is 6 bits.
可选地,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device.
终端设备向网络设备发送第一指示信息,包括:终端设备可以在物理上行信道资源上发送第一指示信息,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The terminal device sending the first indication information to the network device includes: the terminal device may send the first indication information on a physical uplink channel resource, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以通过RRC消息配置或者通过DCI调度。Optionally, physical uplink channel resources can be configured through RRC messages or scheduled through DCI.
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以为动态授权(或称dynamic grant),或者可以为配置的授权(或称configured grant);配置的授权包括配置的授权类型1(confgured grant type1)和配置的授权包括配置的授权类型2(confgured grant type2),其中:Optionally, the physical uplink channel resources may be dynamic grants (or called dynamic grants), or may be configured grants (or called configured grants); configured grants include configured grant type 1 (confgured grant type 1) and configured grants Include configured grant type 2 (confgured grant type2), where:
对于配置的授权类型1,网络设备通过RRC消息配置给终端设备,当终端设备有上行信号要发送时,可以使用该类型资源,从而节省动态向网络设备请求发送动态授权带来的时延;For the configured authorization type 1, the network device configures it to the terminal device through the RRC message. When the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, it can use this type of resource, thereby saving the delay caused by dynamically requesting the network device to send a dynamic authorization;
对于配置的授权类型2,网络设备通过RRC消息配置给终端设备,并通过DCI动态激活或去激活配置的授权类型2的资源,换句话说,网络设备预先通过RRC消息将配置的授权类型2资源发给终端设备,并通过DCI来动态控制此资源的使用。可以理解,当终端设备有上行信号要发送时,如果有激活的configured grant type2资源,可以使用该类型资源;反之,如果网络设备通过RRC消息给终端设备配置了授权类型2资源,但没有通过DCI来激活该资源,终端设备是不能使用该资源发送上行信号的。For the configured authorization type 2, the network device configures the terminal device through RRC messages, and dynamically activates or deactivates the configured authorization type 2 resources through DCI. Send it to the terminal device, and dynamically control the use of this resource through DCI. It can be understood that when the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, if there is an activated configured grant type2 resource, this type of resource can be used; on the contrary, if the network device configures the grant type 2 resource for the terminal device through the RRC message, but does not pass DCI To activate this resource, the terminal device cannot use this resource to send uplink signals.
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以为增补上行链路(supplementary uplink,SUL)资源。Optionally, the physical uplink channel resources may be supplementary uplink (supplementary uplink, SUL) resources.
可选地,网络设备可以根据来自终端设备的第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标频域资源,目标频域资源对应的资源组用于该终端设备发送上行信号;或者;根据第一指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标时域资源,目标时域资源对应的资源组不用于该终端设备发送上行信号。应理解,网络设备如何处理第一指示信息、以及根据第一指示信息,采取什么样的动作,取决于网络设备实现,本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the network device may determine the target frequency domain resource within the first time period according to the first indication information from the terminal device, and the resource group corresponding to the target frequency domain resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or; according to the first The indication information determines the target time domain resource within the first time period, and the resource group corresponding to the target time domain resource is not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals. It should be understood that how the network device processes the first indication information and what action it takes according to the first indication information depends on the implementation of the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
如此,通过终端设备向网络设备发送第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,一方面,可以减少网络设备调度不必要终端设备带来的上行资源浪费;另一方面,可以减少终端设备由于能量不足而导致上行信号传输失败的情况,有助于提升终端设备上行覆盖和上行速率。In this way, the terminal device sends the available uplink transmission energy to the network device within the first time period, avoiding the network device from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy. On the one hand, it can reduce the waste of uplink resources caused by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices. ; On the other hand, it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission caused by insufficient energy of the terminal equipment, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of the terminal equipment.
基于上述内容,图7示例性地给出本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的一个实施例,如图7所示,该方法在图5的基础上,增加了S701~S704:Based on the above content, Fig. 7 exemplarily shows an embodiment of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 7, this method adds S701 to S704 on the basis of Fig. 5:
S701,作为可选步骤,网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第四指示信息。S701, as an optional step, the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information sent by the network device.
第四指示信息用于指示网络设备支持终端设备采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示网络设备允许终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号。The fourth indication information is used to instruct the network device to support the terminal device to send uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or to instruct the network device to allow the terminal device to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
可选地,网络设备通过广播消息向终端设备发送第四指示信息。Optionally, the network device sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device through a broadcast message.
S702,作为可选步骤,终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息,相应地,网络设备接收终端设备发送的能力信息。S702, as an optional step, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the capability information sent by the terminal device.
能力信息用于指示终端设备支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力、或者指示终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力信息。Capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power, or indicates that the terminal device uses instantaneous high power to transmit uplink signals. Capability information for sending uplink signals at high power.
可选地,能力信息包括瞬时高功率的上限、或称瞬时高功率的最大值。Optionally, the capability information includes an upper limit of the instantaneous high power, or a maximum value of the instantaneous high power.
可选地,能力信息的具体实现有多种。作为一种可能的实现方式,能力信息可以包括一个或多个比特(bit),进而可以通过比特的不同取值来进行指示。以能力信息占用1个比特为例,如果该比特的取值为“1”,可指示终端设备支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信 号的能力;如果该比特的取值为“0”,可指示终端设备不支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备不具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力。Optionally, there are multiple specific implementations of the capability information. As a possible implementation manner, the capability information may include one or more bits (bits), and further may be indicated by different values of the bits. Take the capability information occupying 1 bit as an example. If the value of this bit is "1", it can indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or instruct the terminal The device has the ability to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals; if the value of this bit is "0", it can indicate that the terminal device does not support sending uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmit power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), Or indicate that the terminal device does not have the capability of sending uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,能力信息可以包括1个或多个字段,进而通过1个字段或多个字段的存在与否来指示能力信息。以能力信息占用1个字段为例,如果终端设备发送了能力信息,则表示终端设备支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力;如果终端设备未发送能力信息,则表示终端设备不支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备不具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力。As another possible implementation manner, the capability information may include one or more fields, and then the capability information is indicated by the presence or absence of one or more fields. Take capability information occupying 1 field as an example. If the terminal device sends capability information, it means that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to use The ability to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power; if the terminal device does not send capability information, it means that the terminal device does not support sending uplink signals with a higher than the maximum transmit power specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device does not have The ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
可选地,能力信息可以承载于无线资源控制RRC消息中。Optionally, the capability information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
S703,作为可选步骤,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息。S703, as an optional step, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information sent by the network device accordingly.
配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息,可以理解,第一时间段的位置信息用于确定第一时间段的位置,时间窗的位置信息用于确定时间窗的位置,其中:The configuration information includes the position information of the first time period and/or the position information of the time window. It can be understood that the position information of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period, and the position information of the time window is used to determine the position of the time window. location, where:
第一时间段的位置信息包括:第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息和/或第一时间段的终止时间单元的信息;The location information of the first time period includes: information of the start time unit of the first time period and/or information of the end time unit of the first time period;
时间窗的位置信息包括如下至少一种:第一周期、第一起始位置、第一偏置或第一持续时间;或者,时间窗的位置信息包括:第一定时器;The position information of the time window includes at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset or a first duration; or, the position information of the time window includes: a first timer;
需要说明的是,关于S703中时间窗的位置信息的有关说明,可参考S501有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the relevant description of the location information of the time window in S703, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S501, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,配置信息承载于RRC消息或广播消息中。进一步地,配置信息可以承载于RRC重配(RRCReconfiguration)消息中。Optionally, the configuration information is carried in an RRC message or a broadcast message. Further, the configuration information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message.
需要说明的是,S703可以在S701之后,又或者,S703和S701也可以同时执行,对于S703和S701的先后顺序,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that S703 may be performed after S701, or S703 and S701 may be performed simultaneously, and the sequence of S703 and S701 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S704,作为可选步骤,终端设备确定触发第一过程。S704. As an optional step, the terminal device determines to trigger the first process.
本申请实施例中,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一指示信息的这一个过程可以称为第一过程,或者称为可用上行发送能量上报过程,或者剩余能量上报过程,或称成第一指示信息的上报过程,或者也可以有其他名称,为了后续引用方便,本申请将其称为第一过程。In the embodiment of this application, in a possible implementation manner, the process in which the terminal device can send the first indication information to the network device may be called the first process, or the process of reporting available uplink transmission energy, or the remaining energy The reporting process may be referred to as the reporting process of the first indication information, or may have other names. For the convenience of subsequent reference, this application refers to it as the first process.
而为了触发第一过程,可以设置有“第一触发事件”,“第一触发事件”也可以称为第一事件等其他名称,为了后续引用方便,本申请实施例中暂时以“第一触发事件”称呼,该名称并不具有其他限定意义。In order to trigger the first process, a "first trigger event" can be set, and the "first trigger event" can also be called the first event or other names. event", which has no other limiting meaning.
终端设备确定触发了第一过程,则可以启动第一过程。在满足上行信号发送条件时,例如,有可用的上行物理信道资源时,向网络设备发送第一指示信息;可以理解,在向网络设备发送第一指示信息之前,需要满足触发事件。After determining that the first process is triggered, the terminal device may start the first process. When the uplink signal sending condition is satisfied, for example, when there are available uplink physical channel resources, the first indication information is sent to the network device; it can be understood that the trigger event needs to be satisfied before sending the first indication information to the network device.
可选地,根据如下至少一个第一触发事件,触发第一过程:Optionally, the first process is triggered according to at least one first trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第一指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the first indication information expires;
配置的第一禁止上报定时器超时,第一禁止上报定时器用于在第一禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止第一指示信息的上报;The configured first report prohibition timer expires, and the first report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the first indication information during the timing of the first report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送能量小于第三阈值;The available uplink transmission energy within the first time period is less than a third threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第一指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第四阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the first indication information is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
举个例子,如果第三阈值为-28,终端设备在第一时间段内可用上行发送能量为-30,由于-30小于-28,满足上述条件,因此,终端设备确定触发第一过程,可以向网络设备发送第一指示信息。For example, if the third threshold is -28, the available uplink transmission energy of the terminal device in the first time period is -30, since -30 is less than -28, the above condition is met, therefore, the terminal device determines to trigger the first process, and can Send the first indication information to the network device.
可选地,上述触发第一指示信息上报的定时器、第一禁止上报定时器、第三阈值、或第四阈值中的至少一个可以是网络设备通过配置信息发给终端设备。Optionally, at least one of the timer triggering the reporting of the first indication information, the first reporting prohibition timer, the third threshold, or the fourth threshold may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through configuration information.
需要说明的是,关于S704配置信息的有关说明,可参考S703有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of the configuration information of S704, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S703, which will not be repeated here.
S705,终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元。S705. The terminal device determines available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes multiple time units.
需要说明的是,关于S705的有关说明,可参考S501有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of S705, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S501, which will not be repeated here.
S706,终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示可用上行发送能量。S706. The terminal device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission energy.
需要说明的是,关于S706的有关说明,可参考S502有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the relevant description of S706, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S502, which will not be repeated here.
如此,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息和/或配置信息来告知自身对终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的支持,相应地,终端设备可以根据第四指示信息和/或配置信息来发送第一指示信息,一方面,使得终端设备向网络设备发送第一指示信息的方式更加灵活,另一方面,可以避免终端设备在网络设备不支持的情况下发送第一指示信息带来的信令开销和资源浪费。In this way, the network device can send the fourth indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal device to inform itself of its support for the terminal device to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the terminal device can To send the first instruction information, on the one hand, it makes the way for the terminal device to send the first instruction information to the network device more flexible; Signaling overhead and resource waste.
参考图8,本申请提供的一种通信方法的一个实施例,包括:Referring to FIG. 8, an embodiment of a communication method provided by this application includes:
S801,终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度。S801. The terminal device determines the available uplink sending time length.
可以理解,在可用上行发送时间长度对应的时间内终端设备可以发送上行信号,应理解可用上行发送时间长度对应的时间可以仅存在对应关系,并不是说终端设备仅可以在长度为可用上行时间长度的时间段内发送上行信号,可用上行发送时间长度也可以称为可用上行传输时间长度、或称为可用于上行发送的时间长度、或称为剩余发送时间(residual transmit time,RTT)长度或其他的名称,本申请对名称并不做限定,为了便于描述,以名称是可用上行发送时间长度为例说明。It can be understood that the terminal device can send an uplink signal within the time corresponding to the available uplink sending time length. It should be understood that there may only be a corresponding relationship between the time corresponding to the available uplink sending time length. The uplink signal is sent within a time period, and the available uplink transmission time length can also be called the available uplink transmission time length, or the time length available for uplink transmission, or the remaining transmission time (residual transmit time, RTT) length or other The name of the name, this application does not limit the name, for the convenience of description, the name is the available uplink transmission time length as an example.
其中,上行信号可以为如下至少一种:上行数据、上行控制信令、或上行参考信号。具体地,上行数据可以是上行业务数据;上行控制信令可以为调度请求(scheduling request,SR)、或信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)、或肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)、或否定应答(negative acknowledgement);上行参考信号可以为上行解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、信道探测信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)、前导码preamble。Wherein, the uplink signal may be at least one of the following: uplink data, uplink control signaling, or uplink reference signal. Specifically, the uplink data may be uplink service data; the uplink control signaling may be a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), or a channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI), or an acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK), or a negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment); the uplink reference signal may be an uplink demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), a channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), and a preamble preamble.
可选地,可用上行发送时间长度为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的时间长度(或称可用于上行传输的时间长度)。Optionally, the available uplink transmission time length is the time length used for uplink signal transmission (or referred to as the time length available for uplink transmission) within the first time period of the time window.
可选地,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元,可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的能量。Optionally, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes multiple time units, and the available uplink transmission energy is Energy used for uplink signaling.
可选地,可用上行发送时间长度为第一时间段内能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;可选地,第一预设功率为终端设备的最大发射功率。Optionally, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that can transmit uplink signals with the first preset power in the first time period, and the first time period includes a plurality of time units; optionally, the first preset power is the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment.
需要说明的是,这里关于可用上行发送能量、时间窗的描述可以参加S501中相关描述,本申请对此不做限制。It should be noted that, the descriptions about the available uplink transmission energy and the time window here can refer to the relevant descriptions in S501, which is not limited in this application.
S802,终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度。S802. The terminal device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission time length.
相应地,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device.
可选的,第二指示信息为如下至少一种:可用上行发送时间长度、或者,可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段的长度的比值的索引。Optionally, the second indication information is at least one of the following: the available uplink transmission time length, or the index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, or the available uplink transmission time length The index of the ratio of the sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
可选的,预设时间段为时间窗;或者,预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。Optionally, the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
可选的,可用上行发送时间长度为终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量。Optionally, the available uplink sending time length is the number of time units during which the terminal device can send the uplink signal with the first preset power based on the available uplink energy in the first time period.
需要说明的是,这里的第一时间段内的可用上行能量的描述可以参见S501中相关描述,本申请对此不做限制。It should be noted that, for the description of the available uplink energy in the first time period here, reference may be made to the relevant description in S501, which is not limited in the present application.
可选地,第一时间段的位置的表示方式有多种,例如,可以通过第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的终止时间单元来表示;或者,可以通过第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的时间长度来表示。相应地,终端设备可以根据第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的终止时间单元来确定第一时间段的位置;或者,终端设备可以根据第一时间段的起始时间单元和第一时间段的时间长度来确定第一时间段的位置。Optionally, there are many ways to express the position of the first time period, for example, it can be represented by the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, it can be expressed by the first time period The starting time unit and the length of the first time period are represented. Correspondingly, the terminal device may determine the position of the first time period according to the start time unit of the first time period and the end time unit of the first time period; or, the terminal device may determine the position of the first time period according to the start time unit and the end time unit of the first time period The time length of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period.
可选地,第一时间段的起始时间单元为终端设备发送第二指示信息的时间单元;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元为接收到来自网络设备的第五指示信息的时间单元后的第m个时间单元,第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报第二指示信息,所述m为自然数;或者,第一时间段的起始时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。Optionally, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit when the terminal device sends the second indication information; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is the time unit receiving the fifth indication information from the network device After the mth time unit, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information, and the m is a natural number; or, the starting time unit of the first time period is based on the configuration information sent by the network device definite.
可选地,可用上行发送时间长度是从起始时间单元开始到终止时间单元结束可以用于上行发送的时间长度;其中,终止时间单元为时间窗的结束位置对应的时间单元;或者,终止时间单元是根据网络设备发送的配置信息确定的。Optionally, the available uplink transmission time length is the time length that can be used for uplink transmission from the start time unit to the end time unit end; where the end time unit is the time unit corresponding to the end position of the time window; or, the end time The unit is determined according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
可选地,配置信息包括如下至少一种:第一时间段的时间长度、第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息、或第一时间段的终止时间的信息。Optionally, the configuration information includes at least one of the following: a time length of the first time period, information about a start time unit of the first time period, or information about an end time of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息为第一时间段的起始时间单元的索引。Further, the information of the start time unit of the first time period is an index of the start time unit of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的终止时间单元的信息为第一时间段的终止时间单元的索引。Further, the information of the end time unit of the first time period is an index of the end time unit of the first time period.
进一步地,第一时间段的起始时间单元的索引和终止时间单元的索引可以是相对于时间窗的起始位置的偏移量(或称偏移位置)对应的索引;或者,这两个索引也可以是相对于某个时间参考点的位置索引,该时间参考点的位置可以是某个无线帧的边界(例如,该无线帧的上边界或下边界)和/或某个无线子帧的边界(例如,该无线子帧的上边界该无线子帧的下边界),本申请对此不做限制。此外,该时间参考点的位置可以是协议预设的、或者是网络设备指示的。Further, the index of the start time unit and the index of the end time unit of the first time period may be indexes corresponding to the offset (or offset position) relative to the start position of the time window; or, the two The index may also be a position index relative to a certain time reference point, and the position of the time reference point may be the boundary of a certain radio frame (for example, the upper or lower boundary of the radio frame) and/or a certain radio subframe The boundaries of (for example, the upper boundary of the radio subframe and the lower boundary of the radio subframe), which are not limited in this application. In addition, the position of the time reference point may be preset by the protocol or indicated by the network device.
可选地,偏移量可以是以时间单元为单位,此外,该偏移量的取值可以是自然数,例如,偏移量为0、或1、或2等,本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the offset may be in units of time. In addition, the value of the offset may be a natural number, for example, the offset is 0, or 1, or 2, etc., which is not limited in this application .
可选地,配置信息可以承载于无线资源控制RRC消息。Optionally, configuration information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
可选地,时间单元可以是子帧、时隙、符号或者是其他粒度的时间单元。Optionally, the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity.
可选地,m的取值可以是协议预设、或者是网络设备指示,本申请对此不做限制。Optionally, the value of m may be a protocol preset or an indication of a network device, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备上报第二指示信息;Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the second indication information;
可选地,第五指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC消息、或PDCCH或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。Optionally, the fifth indication information is carried in a radio resource control RRC message, or a PDCCH, or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
可选地,时间窗的位置可以是协议预设;或者,时间窗的位置是根据来自网络设备的时 间窗的位置信息确定的。Optionally, the position of the time window may be preset by the protocol; or, the position of the time window is determined according to the position information of the time window from the network device.
需要说明的是,关于时间窗的位置信息的表示方式有多种,示例性地,可以参考S501中时间窗的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that there are many ways to represent the location information of the time window. For example, reference may be made to the relevant description of the time window in S501 , which will not be repeated here.
可选地,终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度的方式有多种,如下以方式c1说明:Optionally, there are multiple ways for the terminal device to determine the length of the available uplink sending time, as described in way c1 as follows:
方式c1:终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度为时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备基于可用上行发送能量可以使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量。Mode c1: The terminal device determines the available uplink transmission time length as the number of time units in the first time period of the time window that the terminal device can use the first preset power value to transmit the uplink signal based on the available uplink transmission energy.
此方式下,终端设备根据第一时间段内可用上行发送能量和第一预设功率值,确定时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备可以使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量。In this way, the terminal device determines the number of time units in which the terminal device can use the first preset power value to send uplink signals in the first time period of the time window according to the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value in the first time period .
可选地,该可用上行发送能量的确定方式可以与步骤S501中确定可用上行发送能量的方式相同。Optionally, the manner of determining the available uplink transmission energy may be the same as the manner of determining the available uplink transmission energy in step S501.
进一步地,可用上行发送时间长度等于第一时间段内可用上行发送能量和第一预设功率值之间的比值。Further, the available uplink transmission time length is equal to the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value within the first time period.
可选地,第一预设功率值可以是标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率。Optionally, the first preset power value may be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device specified in the standard.
可选地,标准中规定的终端设备的最大发送功率可以为23dBm、26dBm或14dBm。Optionally, the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment specified in the standard may be 23dBm, 26dBm or 14dBm.
可选地,时间单元可以是子帧、时隙、符号或者是其他粒度的时间单元。举个例子,如图8a所示,终端设备的时间窗内共有10个时间单元,编号为0到9,终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量可以支持以第一预设功率发送信号的时间为3个时间单元,因此,确定可用上行发送时间长度为3个时间单元。Optionally, the time unit may be a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a time unit of other granularity. For example, as shown in Figure 8a, there are 10 time units in the time window of the terminal device, numbered from 0 to 9, and the terminal device determines that the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period can support sending signals at the first preset power The time is 3 time units, therefore, it is determined that the available uplink sending time length is 3 time units.
需要说明的是,如果第一时间段内可用上行发送能量和第一预设功率值之间的比值不是整数倍的时间单元,可以采用向上取整或向下取整对该值进行修正,本申请对此不做限制。例如,如果终端设备确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量和第一预设功率值之间的比值为3.7个时间单元,若采用向上取整,则可用上行发送时间长度为4个时间单元;若采用向下取整,则可用上行发送时间长度为3个时间单元。It should be noted that if the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value in the first time period is not an integer multiple of time units, the value can be corrected by rounding up or down. Applications are not limited to this. For example, if the terminal device determines that the ratio between the available uplink transmission energy and the first preset power value within the first time period is 3.7 time units, if rounding up is used, the available uplink transmission time length is 4 time units; If rounding down is adopted, the available uplink sending time length is 3 time units.
可选地,第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,所述方法还包括:Optionally, when the second indication information is an index of available uplink sending time length, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第三对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度的索引,其中,第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;Determine the index of the available uplink sending time length and the third correspondence according to the available uplink sending time length, where the third correspondence is the corresponding relationship between the available uplink sending time length and the index of the available uplink sending time length;
第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,所述方法还包括:When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period, the method further includes:
根据可用上行发送时间长度、以及第四对应关系,确定可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引,其中,第四对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。Determine the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length according to the available uplink transmission time length and the fourth corresponding relationship, wherein the fourth correspondence relationship is the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length The corresponding relationship between the index and the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the preset time period length.
可选地,第三对应关系的表示方式有多种,在一个示例中,第三对应关系通过表格来表示,该表格可以包括时间单元数量的索引和时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量的对应关系,如表7所示,该表格中每个索引对应一个时间单元的数量。Optionally, there are multiple ways to represent the third correspondence. In one example, the third correspondence is represented by a table, and the table may include an index of the number of time units and a terminal device used in the first time period of the time window. The corresponding relationship between the number of time units for sending the uplink signal at the first preset power value is shown in Table 7, and each index in the table corresponds to the number of time units.
表7:时间单元数量索引表Table 7: Time unit number index table
索引值index value 时间单元数量number of time units
00 00
11 11
22 22
33 33
 the
6060 6060
6161 6161
6262 6262
6363 6363
可以理解,终端设备根据S701中确定的时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量位于表7中哪个范围内,确定时间单元数量的索引,即确定第二指示信息。It can be understood that the terminal device determines the index of the number of time units according to which range in Table 7 the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send the uplink signal within the first time period of the time window determined in S701 is, that is Determine the second indication information.
举个例子,如果终端设备通过S701确定时间窗的第一时间段内使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量为3,根据表7可知,3对应的索引值为3,即第二指示信息为3。For example, if the terminal device determines through S701 that the number of time units for sending uplink signals using the first preset power value within the first time period of the time window is 3, according to Table 7, the index value corresponding to 3 is 3, that is, the first Two indication information is 3.
需要说明的是,表7仅为举例,时间单元数量的索引和时间单元数量之间对应关系的表格大小、以及表格中的数值(或称数值范围)大小,本发明不做限制。It should be noted that Table 7 is only an example, and the table size of the corresponding relationship between the index of the number of time units and the number of time units, as well as the size of the values (or value ranges) in the table, are not limited by the present invention.
可选地,第四对应关系的表示方式有多种,在一个示例中,第四对应关系通过表格来表示,该表格可以包括时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量与预设时间段包括的全部时间单元数量之间的比值和索引值之间的对应关系,如表8所示,该表格中每个索引对应一个比值,表格中以2%为间隔进行量化,通过表8可以量化为一个包含50个时间单元数量比值和14个保留项的索引表,相应地,第二指示信息的长度为6bit。Optionally, there are many ways to represent the fourth correspondence. In one example, the fourth correspondence is represented by a table, and the table may include The corresponding relationship between the ratio between the number of time units for sending uplink signals and the number of all time units included in the preset time period and the index value, as shown in Table 8, each index in the table corresponds to a ratio, and the table is represented by 2% is quantized as an interval, which can be quantized into an index table including 50 time unit quantity ratios and 14 reserved items through Table 8. Correspondingly, the length of the second indication information is 6 bits.
表8:时间单元数量比值索引表Table 8: Index table of time unit quantity ratio
索引值index value 时间单元数量比值Ratio of the number of time units
00 00
11 0.020.02
22 0.040.04
33 0.060.06
2929 0.30.3
4848 0.980.98
4949 11
50-6350-63 预留reserve
可以理解,终端设备根据S701中确定时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量与预设时间段包括的全部时间单元数量之间的比值,根据该比值位于表8中哪个范围,确定相应的索引值。It can be understood that, according to the ratio between the number of time units in which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send uplink signals in the first time period of the time window determined in S701 and the total number of time units included in the preset time period, according to In which range in Table 8 is the ratio located, determine the corresponding index value.
举个例子,如果终端设备确定时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量与预设时间段包括的全部时间单元数量之间的比值为0.3,根据表8可知,0.3对应的索引值为29,即第二指示信息为29。For example, if the terminal device determines that within the first time period of the time window, the ratio between the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send an uplink signal and the number of all time units included in the preset time period is 0.3, According to Table 8, it can be seen that the index value corresponding to 0.3 is 29, that is, the second indication information is 29.
再举个例子,如果终端设备确定时间窗的第一时间段内终端设备使用第一预设功率值发送上行信号的时间单元数量与预设时间段包括的全部时间单元数量之间的比值为0.05,根据表8可知,0.05对应的索引值为3,即第二指示信息为3。For another example, if the terminal device determines that within the first time period of the time window, the ratio between the number of time units for which the terminal device uses the first preset power value to send uplink signals and the number of all time units included in the preset time period is 0.05 , according to Table 8, it can be seen that the index value corresponding to 0.05 is 3, that is, the second indication information is 3.
需要说明的是,如上表8仅为举例,时间单元数量比值索引表的表格大小、以及表格中的数值大小(例如数值以多大间隔进行量化),本发明对此不做限制。It should be noted that the above Table 8 is only an example, the table size of the time unit quantity ratio index table, and the value size in the table (for example, at what interval the values are quantized), which is not limited by the present invention.
可选地,如上第三对应关系、第四对应关系中至少一种是协议预设或者是网络设备配置的。进一步地,网络设备可以通过RRC消息或者广播消息配置上述对应关系。Optionally, at least one of the above third correspondence and fourth correspondence is preset by a protocol or configured by a network device. Further, the network device may configure the above corresponding relationship through an RRC message or a broadcast message.
可选地,第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE,或者,所述第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。进一步地,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。Optionally, the second indication information is carried in the medium access control unit MAC CE, or the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI. Further, the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
进一步地,在UCI承载于PUSCH的情况下,所述UCI的调制编码方式与所述PUSCH的调制编码方式相同。所述UCI对应的用于承载该UCI的资源粒子(resource element,RE)可以基于所述UCI对应的码率补偿因子确定,该码率补偿因子为DCI指示,或者为高层参数(例如RRC信令或RRC信令中的参数)配置的。可选地,所述UCI可以承载于所述PUSCH的第一个解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)后的数据符号上;或者,所述UCI可以承载于该PUSCH用于承载混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment,HARQ-ACK)信息的数据符号之后;或者,所述UCI可以承载于该PUSCH用于承载部分或全部信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)信息的数据符号之后。Further, in the case that the UCI is carried on the PUSCH, the modulation and coding scheme of the UCI is the same as the modulation and coding scheme of the PUSCH. The resource element (resource element, RE) used to bear the UCI corresponding to the UCI may be determined based on the code rate compensation factor corresponding to the UCI, and the code rate compensation factor is indicated by the DCI, or is a high-level parameter (such as RRC signaling or parameters in RRC signaling) configured. Optionally, the UCI may be carried on a data symbol after the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) of the PUSCH; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH for carrying hybrid automatic repeating After transmitting the data symbol of the hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) information; or, the UCI may be carried on the PUSCH to carry part or all of the data of the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information after the symbol.
进一步地,所述UCI可以采用一种新的UCI格式,这里UCI可以是指UCI中携带的信息种类和/或UCI所携带的信息的大小。也就是说,所述UCI所携带的信息为用于指示可用上行传输能量的信息,和/或,所述UCI的大小为第一数值,第一数值可以为6、7或8,即所述UCI包括6、7或8比特。Further, the UCI may adopt a new UCI format, where the UCI may refer to the type of information carried in the UCI and/or the size of the information carried in the UCI. That is to say, the information carried by the UCI is information used to indicate available uplink transmission energy, and/or, the size of the UCI is a first value, and the first value may be 6, 7 or 8, that is, the UCI consists of 6, 7 or 8 bits.
进一步地,第二指示信息承载于MAC CE时,MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中:Further, when the second indication information is carried on the MAC CE, the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein:
第三字段为预留比特位,第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
第三字段为第一状态值时,第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;第三字段为第二状态值时,第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
第三字段指示功率余量等级,第四字段指示所述第二指示信息。The third field indicates the power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
此MAC CE的格式同S502中MAC CE格式设计,需要说明的是,如果使用MAC CE格式来承载第二指示信息,将S502中MAC CE格式中“第一指示信息”替换为“第二指示信息”,即可获得承载第二指示信息的MAC CE格式,其他描述可参考S502,此处不再赘述。The format of this MAC CE is the same as the design of the MAC CE format in S502. It should be noted that if the MAC CE format is used to carry the second indication information, replace the "first indication information" in the MAC CE format in S502 with "the second indication information ", the MAC CE format carrying the second indication information can be obtained. For other descriptions, please refer to S502, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的物理上行信道资源的指示信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving indication information of physical uplink channel resources from the network device.
终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,包括:终端设备可以在物理上行信道资源上发送第二指示信息,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The terminal device sending the second indication information to the network device includes: the terminal device may send the second indication information on a physical uplink channel resource, and the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以通过RRC消息配置或者通过DCI调度;Optionally, physical uplink channel resources may be configured through RRC messages or scheduled through DCI;
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以为动态授权(或称dynamic grant),或者可以为配置的授权(或称configured grant);配置的授权包括配置的授权类型1(confgured grant type1)和配置的授权包括配置的授权类型2(confgured grant type2),其中:Optionally, the physical uplink channel resources may be dynamic grants (or called dynamic grants), or may be configured grants (or called configured grants); configured grants include configured grant type 1 (confgured grant type 1) and configured grants Include configured grant type 2 (confgured grant type2), where:
对于配置的授权类型1,网络设备通过RRC消息配置给终端设备,当终端设备有上行信号要发送时,可以使用该类型资源而不必动态请求网络设备发送动态授权,从而节省了调度物理上行资源的时延;For the configured grant type 1, the network device configures the terminal device through an RRC message. When the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, it can use this type of resource without dynamically requesting the network device to send a dynamic grant, thus saving the time spent on scheduling physical uplink resources. delay;
对于配置的授权类型2,网络设备通过RRC消息配置给终端设备,并通过DCI动态激活或去激活配置的授权类型2的资源,换句话说,网络设备预先通过RRC消息将配置的授权类型2资源发给终端设备,并通过DCI来动态控制此资源的使用。可以理解,当终端设备有上行信号要发送时,如果有激活的configured grant type2资源,可以使用该类型资源。For the configured authorization type 2, the network device configures the terminal device through RRC messages, and dynamically activates or deactivates the configured authorization type 2 resources through DCI. Send it to the terminal device, and dynamically control the use of this resource through DCI. It can be understood that when the terminal device has an uplink signal to send, if there is an activated configured grant type2 resource, this type of resource can be used.
可选地,物理上行信道资源可以为增补上行链路(supplementary uplink,SUL)资源。Optionally, the physical uplink channel resources may be supplementary uplink (supplementary uplink, SUL) resources.
可选地,网络设备根据来自终端设备的第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的目标资源,目标资源用于该终端设备发送上行信号;或者根据第二指示信息,确定第一时间段内的资源不用于该终端设备发送上行信号。Optionally, the network device determines the target resource within the first time period according to the second indication information from the terminal device, and the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or determines the target resource within the first time period according to the second indication information resources are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
如此,通过终端设备向网络设备发送第一时间段内可用上行发送时间长度,避免网络设备调度可用上行发送能量不足的终端设备,一方面,可以减少网络设备调度不必要终端设备带来的上行资源浪费;另一方面,可以减少终端设备由于能量不足而导致上行信号传输失败的情况,有助于提升终端设备上行覆盖和上行速率。In this way, by sending the terminal device to the network device the available uplink transmission time length in the first time period, the network device is prevented from scheduling terminal devices with insufficient available uplink transmission energy. On the one hand, it can reduce the uplink resources brought by the network device scheduling unnecessary terminal devices. Waste; on the other hand, it can reduce the failure of uplink signal transmission of terminal equipment due to insufficient energy, and help to improve the uplink coverage and uplink rate of terminal equipment.
基于上述内容,图9示例性地给出本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的一个实施例,如图9所示,该方法在图8的基础上,增加了S901~S904:Based on the above content, Fig. 9 exemplarily shows an embodiment of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 9, this method adds S901 to S904 on the basis of Fig. 8:
S901,作为可选步骤,网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第四指示信息。S901. As an optional step, the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information sent by the network device.
第四指示信息用于指示网络设备支持终端设备采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示网络设备允许终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号。The fourth indication information is used to instruct the network device to support the terminal device to send uplink signals with a maximum transmit power (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power) specified in the standard, or to instruct the network device to allow the terminal device to send uplink signals with instantaneous high power.
可选地,网络设备通过广播消息向终端设备发送第四指示信息。Optionally, the network device sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device through a broadcast message.
S902,作为可选步骤,终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息,相应地,网络设备接收终端设备发送的能力信息。S902, as an optional step, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the capability information sent by the terminal device.
能力信息用于指示终端设备支持采用高于标准中规定的最大发射功率(如下称瞬时高功率)发送上行信号,或者指示终端设备具有采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力、或者指示终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的能力信息。Capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports sending uplink signals with a maximum transmission power higher than that specified in the standard (hereinafter referred to as instantaneous high power), or indicates that the terminal device has the ability to transmit uplink signals with instantaneous high power, or indicates that the terminal device uses instantaneous high power to transmit uplink signals. Capability information for sending uplink signals at high power.
需要说明的是,S902关于能力信息的有关说明,可参考S702有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of the capability information in S902, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S702, which will not be repeated here.
S903,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息。S903, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information sent by the network device.
配置信息包括第一时间段的位置信息和/或时间窗的位置信息,可以理解,第一时间段的位置信息用于确定第一时间段的位置,时间窗的位置信息用于确定时间窗的位置,其中:The configuration information includes the position information of the first time period and/or the position information of the time window. It can be understood that the position information of the first time period is used to determine the position of the first time period, and the position information of the time window is used to determine the position of the time window. location, where:
第一时间段的位置信息包括:第一时间段的起始时间单元的信息和/或第一时间段的终止时间单元的信息;The location information of the first time period includes: information of the start time unit of the first time period and/or information of the end time unit of the first time period;
时间窗的位置信息包括如下至少一种:第一周期、第一起始位置、第一偏置或第一持续时间;或者,时间窗的位置信息包括:第一定时器;The position information of the time window includes at least one of the following: a first period, a first starting position, a first offset or a first duration; or, the position information of the time window includes: a first timer;
需要说明的是,关于S903中时间窗的位置信息的有关说明,可参考S501有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the relevant description of the position information of the time window in S903, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S501, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,配置信息承载于RRC消息中。进一步地,配置信息承载于RRC重配(RRCReconfiguration)消息中。Optionally, configuration information is carried in an RRC message. Further, the configuration information is carried in an RRC reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message.
需要说明的是,S903可以在S901之后,又或者,S903和S901也可以同时执行,对于 S903和S901的先后顺序,本申请实施例不做限定。It should be noted that S903 may be performed after S901, or S903 and S901 may also be performed at the same time, and the sequence of S903 and S901 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S904,终端设备确定触发第二过程。S904. The terminal device determines to trigger the second process.
本申请实施例中,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二指示信息的这一个过程可以称为第二过程,或者称为可用上行发送时间长度上报过程,或者剩余时间上报过程,或称成第二指示信息的上报过程,或者也可以有其他名称,为了后续引用方便,本申请将其称为第二过程。In the embodiment of this application, in a possible implementation manner, the process that the terminal device can send the second indication information to the network device may be called the second process, or the process of reporting the length of available uplink transmission time, or the remaining The time reporting process may be referred to as the reporting process of the second indication information, or may have other names. For the convenience of subsequent reference, this application refers to it as the second process.
而为了触发第二过程,可以设置有“第二触发事件”,“第二触发事件”也可以称为第二事件等其他名称,为了后续引用方便,本申请实施例中暂时以“第二触发事件”称呼,该名称并不具有其他限定意义。In order to trigger the second process, a "second trigger event" can be set, and the "second trigger event" can also be called the second event or other names. event", which has no other limiting meaning.
终端设备确定触发了第二过程,则可以启动第二过程。在满足上行信号发送条件时,例如,有可用的上行物理信道资源时,向网络设备发送第二指示信息;可以理解,在向网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,需要满足触发事件。The terminal device may start the second process after determining that the second process is triggered. When the uplink signal sending condition is satisfied, for example, when there are available uplink physical channel resources, the second indication information is sent to the network device; it can be understood that the trigger event needs to be satisfied before sending the second indication information to the network device.
可选地,根据如下至少一个第二触发事件,触发第二过程:Optionally, the second process is triggered according to at least one second trigger event as follows:
配置的用于触发第二指示信息上报的定时器超时;The configured timer for triggering the reporting of the second indication information expires;
配置的第二禁止上报定时器超时,第二禁止上报定时器用于在第二禁止上报定时器计时期间禁止第二指示信息的上报;The configured second report prohibition timer expires, and the second report prohibition timer is used to prohibit the reporting of the second indication information during the timing of the second report prohibition timer;
第一时间段内可用上行发送时间长度小于第五阈值;The available uplink sending time length in the first time period is less than the fifth threshold;
当前时间单元和上一次发送第二指示信息的时间单元的间隔大于或等于第六阈值。The interval between the current time unit and the last time unit for sending the second indication information is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold.
举个例子,如果第五阈值为4,终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度为3个时间长度,由于3小于第五阈值,满足上述条件,因此,终端设备确定触发第二过程,可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息。For example, if the fifth threshold value is 4, the terminal device determines that the available uplink transmission time length is 3 time lengths, since 3 is less than the fifth threshold value, the above condition is met, therefore, the terminal device determines that the second process is triggered, and the network device can send Send fourth indication information.
可选地,上述触发第二指示信息上报的定时器、第二禁止上报定时器、第五阈值、或第六阈值中的至少一个可以是网络设备通过配置信息发给终端设备。Optionally, at least one of the above-mentioned timer triggering the reporting of the second indication information, the second prohibiting reporting timer, the fifth threshold, or the sixth threshold may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through configuration information.
需要说明的是,关于S904配置信息的有关说明,可参考S903有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of the configuration information of S904, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S903, which will not be repeated here.
S905,终端设备确定可用上行发送时间长度。S905. The terminal device determines the available uplink sending time length.
需要说明的是,关于S905的有关说明,可参考S801有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of S905, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S801, which will not be repeated here.
S906,终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示可用上行发送时间长度。S906. The terminal device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission time length.
需要说明的是,关于S906的有关说明,可参考S802有关介绍,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that for the relevant description of S906, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of S802, which will not be repeated here.
如此,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息和/或配置信息来告知自身对终端设备采用瞬时高功率发送上行信号的支持,相应地,终端设备可以根据第四指示信息和/或配置信息来发送第二指示信息,一方面,使得终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息的方式更加灵活,另一方面,可以避免终端设备在网络设备不支持的情况下发送第二指示信息带来的信令开销和资源浪费。In this way, the network device can send the fourth indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal device to inform itself of its support for the terminal device to use instantaneous high power to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the terminal device can To send the second instruction information, on the one hand, it makes the way for the terminal device to send the second instruction information to the network device more flexible; Signaling overhead and resource waste.
需要说明的是,(1)图5、图7、图8、图9对应的实施例可以单独实施、或者也可以相互结合;又或者,不同实施例所涉及的不同方案可以结合实施(比如图7中涉及的全部或部分方案可以和图8对应的实施例结合),具体不做限定。It should be noted that (1) the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 , and FIG. 9 can be implemented independently, or can also be combined with each other; All or part of the solutions involved in 7 can be combined with the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8 ), which is not specifically limited.
(2)本申请实施例中所描述的各个流程图(比如图5、图7、图8、图9)的步骤编号仅为执行流程的一种示例,并不构成对步骤执行的先后顺序的限制,本申请实施例中相互之间没有时序依赖关系的步骤之间没有严格的执行顺序。(2) The step numbers of the various flowcharts (such as Fig. 5, Fig. 7, Fig. 8, and Fig. 9) described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute an indication of the sequence of execution of the steps Due to limitations, there is no strict execution sequence between the steps that are not time sequence dependent in the embodiment of the present application.
图10给出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。通信装置1000包括一个或多个处理器1001。处理器1001也可以称为处理单元,可以实现一定的控制功能。所述处 理器1001可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如,包括:基带处理器,中央处理器,应用处理器,调制解调处理器,图形处理器,图像信号处理器,数字信号处理器,视频编解码处理器,控制器,存储器,和/或神经网络处理器等。所述基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理。所述中央处理器可以用于对通信装置1000进行控制,执行软件程序和/或处理数据。不同的处理器可以是独立的器件,也可以是集成在一个或多个处理器中,例如,集成在一个或多个专用集成电路上。FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 includes one or more processors 1001 . The processor 1001 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and may implement certain control functions. The processor 1001 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, including: baseband processor, central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or Neural Network Processor, etc. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit can be used to control the communication device 1000, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated in one or more application-specific integrated circuits.
可选的,通信装置1000中包括一个或多个存储器1002,用以存储指令1004,所述指令可在所述处理器上被运行,使得通信装置1000执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1002中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 1000 includes one or more memories 1002 for storing instructions 1004, and the instructions can be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 1000 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1002 . The processor and memory can be set separately or integrated together.
可选的,通信装置1000可以包括指令1003(有时也可以称为代码或程序),所述指令1003可以在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述通信装置1000执行上述实施例中描述的方法。处理器1001中可以存储数据。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may include instructions 1003 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1003 may be executed on the processor, so that the communication device 1000 executes the methods described in the above embodiments . Data may be stored in the processor 1001 .
可选的,通信装置1000还可以包括收发器1005以及天线1006。所述收发器1005可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、收发器,输入输出接口等,用于通过天线1006实现通信装置1000的收发功能。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may further include a transceiver 1005 and an antenna 1006 . The transceiver 1005 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, an input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1000 through the antenna 1006 .
可选的,通信装置1000还可以包括以下一个或多个部件:无线通信模块,音频模块,外部存储器接口,内部存储器,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口,电源管理模块,天线,扬声器,麦克风,输入输出模块,传感器模块,马达,摄像头,或显示屏等等。可以理解,在一些实施例中,UE 1000可以包括更多或更少部件,或者某些部件集成,或者某些部件拆分。这些部件可以是硬件,软件,或者软件和硬件的组合实现。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may further include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, a power management module, an antenna, Speakers, microphones, I/O modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that, in some embodiments, the UE 1000 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be split. These components may be realized by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
本申请中描述的处理器1001和收发器1005可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路(radio frequency identification,RFID)、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、或电子设备等上。实现本文描述的通信装置,可以是独立设备(例如,独立的集成电路,手机等),或者可以是较大设备中的一部分(例如,可嵌入在其他设备内的模块),具体可以参照前述关于终端设备,以及网络设备的说明,在此不再赘述。The processor 1001 and transceiver 1005 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (integrated circuit, IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit (radio frequency identification, RFID), mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit) , ASIC), printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc. The communication device described herein can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices). For details, please refer to the aforementioned The description of the terminal equipment and the network equipment will not be repeated here.
图11给出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图11所示,终端设备1100包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备1100进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏,显示屏,麦克风,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。As shown in FIG. 11 , a terminal device 1100 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire terminal device 1100, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and processing of radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, microphones, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
以终端设备1100为手机为例,当终端设备1100开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至控制电路,控制电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备1100时,控制电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。Taking the terminal device 1100 as a mobile phone as an example, when the terminal device 1100 is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the control circuit, and the control circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device 1100, the control circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data .
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图11仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在一些实施例中,终端设备1100可以包括多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存 储设备等,本发明实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of illustration, FIG. 11 only shows a memory and a processor. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1100 may include multiple processors and memories. A memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备1100进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图11中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。终端设备1100可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备1100可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备1100的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor is mainly used to control the entire terminal device 1100, Executing the software program, processing the data of the software program. The processor in FIG. 11 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as a bus. The terminal device 1100 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device 1100 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device 1100 may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
在一个例子中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1100的收发单元1110,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1100的处理单元1120。如图11所示,终端设备1100包括收发单元1110和处理单元1120。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1110中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1110中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1110包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In an example, the antenna and the control circuit having the function of transmitting and receiving can be regarded as the transmitting and receiving unit 1110 of the terminal device 1100 , and the processor having the function of processing can be regarded as the processing unit 1120 of the terminal device 1100 . As shown in FIG. 11 , a terminal device 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 . The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like. Optionally, the device in the transceiver unit 1110 for realizing the receiving function can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device in the transceiver unit 1110 for realizing the sending function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
图12给出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图12所示,网络设备20可以相对于某个或某些UE而言,作为第一网络设备具备第一网路设备的功能,也可以相对于某个或某些UE而言,作为第二网络设备具备第二网络设备的功能。该网络设备包括:基带装置201,射频装置202、天线203。在上行方向上,射频装置202通过天线203接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置201进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置201对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置202,射频装置202对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线201发送给终端设备。FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the network device 20 may function as the first network device with respect to certain or certain UEs, and may also function as the first network device with respect to certain or certain UEs. The second network device has the function of the second network device. The network device includes: a baseband device 201 , a radio frequency device 202 , and an antenna 203 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 202 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 203, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 201 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 201 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 202 , and the radio frequency device 202 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device through the antenna 201 .
基带装置201包括一个或多个处理单元2011,存储单元2012和接口2013。其中处理单元2011用于支持网络设备执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。存储单元2012用于存储软件程序和/或数据。接口2013用于与射频装置202交互信息,该接口包括接口电路,用于信息的输入和输出。在一种实现中,所述处理单元为集成电路,例如一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。存储单元2012与处理单元2011可以位于同一个芯片中,即片内存储元件。或者存储单元2012与处理单元2011也可以为与处理元件2011处于不同芯片上,即片外存储元件。所述存储单元2012可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器或存储元件的统称。The baseband device 201 includes one or more processing units 2011 , a storage unit 2012 and an interface 2013 . The processing unit 2011 is configured to support the network device to execute the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The storage unit 2012 is used to store software programs and/or data. The interface 2013 is used for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 202, and the interface includes an interface circuit for input and output of information. In one implementation, the processing unit is an integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip. The storage unit 2012 and the processing unit 2011 may be located in the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element. Alternatively, the storage unit 2012 and the processing unit 2011 may also be located on different chips from the processing unit 2011, that is, an off-chip storage unit. The storage unit 2012 may be one memory, or a general term for multiple memories or storage elements.
网络设备可以通过一个或多个处理单元调度程序的形式实现上述方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤。例如实现图5~图9中网络设备的相应的功能。所述一个或多个处理单元可以支持同一种制式的无线接入技术,也可以支持不同种制式的无线接入制式。A network device may implement part or all of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments in the form of one or more processing unit schedulers. For example, corresponding functions of the network devices in FIGS. 5 to 9 are implemented. The one or more processing units may support wireless access technologies of the same standard, or may support wireless access technologies of different standards.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。 此外,应理解,本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的方法及步骤,可以通过一个或多个功能单元(或称功能模块)来实现,而这一个或多个功能单元(或称功能模块)可以是位于同一个装置里或不同装置里。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application. In addition, it should be understood that the methods and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be realized by one or more functional units (or functional modules), and the one or more functional units (or functional modules) modules) can be located in the same device or in different devices.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components shown may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的计算机可读存储介质,可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read only memory,EEPROM)、紧凑型光盘只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)、通用串行总线闪存盘(universal serial bus flash disk)、移动硬盘、或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。另外,通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)或直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer. Take this as an example but not limited to: the computer readable medium may include random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), Erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD- ROM), universal serial bus flash disk (universal serial bus flash disk), removable hard disk, or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage medium, or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store desired data in the form of instructions or data structures program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer. Additionally, by way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM) , SLDRAM) or direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).

Claims (74)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applicable to a terminal device, comprising:
    确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元;determining available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes a plurality of time units;
    向网络设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送能量。Sending first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission energy.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量;其中,The method according to claim 1, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the available energy used for uplink signal transmission within the first time period of the time window; wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引;The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period;
    其中,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为所述可用上行发送能量和所述第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值。Wherein, the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period is a ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein when the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, the method further comprises:
    根据所述可用上行发送能量、以及第一对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量的索引,其中,所述第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;Determine an index of the available uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and a first correspondence, where the first correspondence is a correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
    所述第一指示信息为所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,所述方法还包括:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of uplink signals sent within the first time period, the method further includes:
    根据所述可用上行发送能量,以及第二对应关系,确定所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引,其中,所述第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。According to the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship, determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the transmission of the uplink signal within the first time period Correspondence between the average transmit power and the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,所述第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first indication information is carried in a medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中:The method according to claim 5, wherein the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
    所述第一字段为预留比特位,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
    所述第一字段为第一状态值时,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息,所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is a first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is a second state value, the second field indicates a power headroom level; or,
    所述第一字段指示功率余量等级,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates a power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The method according to claim 5, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applicable to network equipment, comprising:
    向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;sending indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal equipment;
    在所述物理上行信道资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一时间段内可用上行发送能量;receiving first indication information from the terminal device on the physical uplink channel resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device can use uplink transmission energy within a first time period;
    其中,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元;所述物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Wherein, the first time period includes a plurality of time units; the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时 间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,The method according to claim 8, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period;
    其中,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为所述可用上行发送能量和所述第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值。Wherein, the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period is a ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein when the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, the method further comprises:
    根据所述可用上行发送能量的索引、以及第一对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量,其中,所述第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;Determine the available uplink transmission energy according to the index of the available uplink transmission energy and a first correspondence, where the first correspondence is a correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
    所述第一指示信息为所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,所述方法还包括:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of uplink signals sent within the first time period, the method further includes:
    根据所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量,其中,所述第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。The available uplink transmission energy is determined according to the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and the second corresponding relationship, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the transmission of the uplink signal within the first time period Correspondence between the average transmit power and the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
  12. 根据权利要求8-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,所述第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The method according to any one of claims 8-11, wherein the first indication information is carried in a medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中:The method according to claim 12, wherein the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
    所述第一字段为预留比特位,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
    所述第一字段为第一状态值时,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息,所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is a first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is a second state value, the second field indicates a power headroom level; or,
    所述第一字段指示功率余量等级,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates a power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The method according to claim 12, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  15. 根据权利要求8-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的目标资源,所述目标资源用于所述终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的资源不用于所述终端设备发送上行信号。According to the first indication information, determine target resources within the first time period, where the target resources are used by the terminal device to send uplink signals; or, according to the first indication information, determine the first time The resources in the segment are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applicable to a terminal device, comprising:
    确定可用上行发送时间长度;Determine the available uplink sending time length;
    向网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送时间长度;Sending second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
    其中,所述可用上行发送时间长度为所述终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元,所述可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的可用能量。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units, so The available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量,其中:The method according to claim 16, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission within the first time period of the time window, wherein:
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功 率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the available uplink transmission time The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, or the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设时间段为时间窗;或者,所述预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。The method according to claim 18, wherein the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  20. 根据权利要求16-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 16-19, wherein,
    所述可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,其中,所述第一预设功率为所述终端设备的最大发射功率。The available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which an uplink signal can be transmitted with a first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, where the first preset power is the terminal device's Maximum transmit power.
  21. 根据权利要求18-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18-20, wherein when the second indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission time length, the method further comprises:
    根据所述可用上行发送时间长度、以及第三对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,其中,所述第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;Determine the index of the available uplink transmission time length according to the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship, wherein the third correspondence relationship is between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length corresponding relationship;
    所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,所述方法还包括:When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, the method further includes:
    根据所述可用上行发送时间长度、以及第四对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引,其中,所述第四对应关系为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。According to the available uplink transmission time length and the fourth corresponding relationship, determine the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the available uplink transmission time length The corresponding relationship between the ratio of the length of the preset time period to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  22. 根据权利要求16-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,所述第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The method according to any one of claims 16-21, wherein the second indication information is carried in a medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information (UCI).
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中:The method according to claim 22, wherein the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein:
    所述第三字段为预留比特位,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
    所述第三字段为第一状态值时,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;所述第三字段为第二状态值时,所述第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
    所述第三字段指示功率余量等级,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息。The third field indicates a power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The method according to claim 22, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  25. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applicable to network equipment, comprising:
    向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;sending indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal equipment;
    接收终端设备在所述物理上行信道资源上发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送时间长度;The receiving terminal device sends second indication information on the physical uplink channel resource, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
    其中,所述可用上行发送时间长度为所述终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元,所述可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的可用能量,所述物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信 道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units, so The available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission, and the physical uplink channel resources are physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources and/or physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量,其中,The method according to claim 25, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission within the first time period of the time window, wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the available uplink transmission time The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, or the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设时间段为时间窗;或者,所述预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。The method according to claim 27, wherein the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  29. 根据权利要求25-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 25-28, wherein,
    所述可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,其中,所述第一预设功率为所述终端设备的最大发射功率。The available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which an uplink signal can be transmitted with a first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, where the first preset power is the terminal device's Maximum transmit power.
  30. 根据权利要求27-29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27-29, wherein when the second indication information is an index of available uplink transmission time length, the method further comprises:
    根据所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引、以及第三对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度,其中,所述第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;Determine the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and the third corresponding relationship, wherein the third correspondence relationship is between the available uplink transmission time length and the index of the available uplink transmission time length corresponding relationship;
    所述第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,所述方法还包括:When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, the method further includes:
    根据所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引、以及第四对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,其中,所述第四对应关系为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。According to the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length and the fourth corresponding relationship, determine the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship It is a corresponding relationship between the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period.
  31. 根据权利要求25-30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,所述第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The method according to any one of claims 25-30, wherein the second indication information is carried in a medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information (UCI).
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,The method according to claim 31, wherein the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
    所述第三字段为预留比特位,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
    所述第三字段为第一状态值时,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
    所述第三字段指示功率余量等级,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息。The third field indicates a power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The method according to claim 31, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  34. 根据权利要求25-33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 25-33, further comprising:
    根据所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的目标资源,所述目标资源用于所述终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的资源不用于 所述终端设备发送上行信号。According to the second indication information, determine target resources within the first time period, where the target resources are used by the terminal device to send uplink signals; or, according to the second indication information, determine the first time The resources in the segment are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;A processing unit, configured to determine available uplink transmission energy within a first time period, where the first time period includes a plurality of time units;
    收发单元,用于向网络设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示可用上行发送能量。A transceiver unit, configured to send first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate available uplink transmission energy.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量;其中,The device according to claim 35, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the available energy for uplink signal transmission within the first time period of the time window; wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  37. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引;The device according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of an average transmission power of uplink signals transmitted within the first time period;
    其中,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为所述可用上行发送能量和所述第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值。Wherein, the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period is a ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引时,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 37, wherein when the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述可用上行发送能量、以及第一对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量的索引,其中,所述第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;Determine an index of the available uplink transmission energy according to the available uplink transmission energy and a first correspondence, where the first correspondence is a correspondence between the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy;
    所述第一指示信息为所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,所述处理单元还用于:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of uplink signals sent within the first time period, the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述可用上行发送能量,以及第二对应关系,确定所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引,其中,所述第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。According to the available uplink transmission energy and the second corresponding relationship, determine the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period, wherein the second corresponding relationship is the transmission of the uplink signal within the first time period Correspondence between the average transmit power and the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
  39. 根据权利要求35-38中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,所述第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The device according to any one of claims 35-38, wherein the first indication information is carried in a medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中:The device according to claim 39, wherein the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
    所述第一字段为预留比特位,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
    所述第一字段为第一状态值时,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息,所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is a first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is a second state value, the second field indicates a power headroom level; or,
    所述第一字段指示功率余量等级,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates a power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
  41. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The device according to claim 39, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  42. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    收发单元,用于向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;a transceiver unit, configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
    所述收发单元,还用于在物理上行信道资源上接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在第一时间段内可用上行发送能量,第一时间段包括多个时间单元;其中,物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the terminal device on the physical uplink channel resource, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device can use uplink transmission energy within a first time period, and the first time period includes multiple time units; wherein, the physical uplink channel resource is a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resource and/or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一 时间段内用于上行信号发送的能量;其中,The device according to claim 42, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window; wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引,或者,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引;The device according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, or an index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period;
    其中,所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率为所述可用上行发送能量和所述第一时间段包括的全部时间单元个数的比值。Wherein, the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted in the first time period is a ratio of the available uplink transmission energy to the number of all time units included in the first time period.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述可用上行发送能量的索引时,所述方法装置还包括:The device according to claim 44, wherein when the first indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission energy, the method device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据所述可用上行发送能量的索引、以及第一对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量,其中,所述第一对应关系为可用上行发送能量和可用上行发送能量的索引之间的对应关系;A processing unit, configured to determine the available uplink transmission energy according to the index of the available uplink transmission energy and a first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence is one of the available uplink transmission energy and the index of the available uplink transmission energy Correspondence between;
    所述第一指示信息为所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引时,所述方法装置还包括:When the first indication information is an index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent within the first time period, the method device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引、以及第二对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送能量,其中,所述第二对应关系为第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率和第一时间段内发送上行信号的平均发射功率的索引之间的对应关系。A processing unit, configured to determine the available uplink transmission energy according to the index of the average transmission power of the uplink signal transmitted within the first time period and a second correspondence, wherein the second correspondence is the first time period The corresponding relationship between the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the period and the index of the average transmit power of the uplink signal sent in the first time period.
  46. 根据权利要求42-45中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE;或者,所述第一指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The device according to any one of claims 42-45, wherein the first indication information is carried in a medium access control unit MAC CE; or, the first indication information is a kind of uplink control information UCI.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第一字段和第二字段,其中:The device according to claim 46, wherein the MAC CE includes a first field and a second field, wherein:
    所述第一字段为预留比特位,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息;或者,The first field is a reserved bit, and the second field indicates the first indication information; or,
    所述第一字段为第一状态值时,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息,所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第二字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the first field is a first state value, the second field indicates the first indication information, and when the first field is a second state value, the second field indicates a power headroom level; or,
    所述第一字段指示功率余量等级,所述第二字段指示所述第一指示信息。The first field indicates a power headroom level, and the second field indicates the first indication information.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The device according to claim 46, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  49. 根据权利要求42-48中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 42-48, wherein the device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的目标资源,所述目标资源用于所述终端设备发送上行信号;或者,根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的资源不用于所述终端设备发送上行信号。A processing unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication information, target resources within the first time period, where the target resources are used by the terminal device to send uplink signals; or, according to the first indication information, determine Resources within the first time period are not used for the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  50. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定可用上行发送时间长度;a processing unit, configured to determine the length of available uplink sending time;
    收发单元,用于向网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送时间长度;A transceiver unit, configured to send second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
    其中,所述可用上行发送时间长度为所述终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元,所述可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的可用能量。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units, so The available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一 时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量,其中:The device according to claim 50, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the available energy used for uplink signal transmission in the first time period of the time window, wherein:
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  52. 根据权利要求50或51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。The device according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the available uplink transmission time The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, or the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预设时间段为时间窗;或者,所述预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。The device according to claim 52, wherein the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  54. 根据权利要求50-53中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 50-53, characterized in that,
    所述可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,其中,所述第一预设功率为所述终端设备的最大发射功率。The available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which an uplink signal can be transmitted with a first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, where the first preset power is the terminal device's Maximum transmit power.
  55. 根据权利要求52-54中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 52-54, wherein when the second indication information is an index of the available uplink transmission time length, the device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述可用上行发送时间长度、以及第三对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,其中,所述第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;A processing unit, configured to determine an index of the available uplink transmission time length according to the available uplink transmission time length and a third correspondence, wherein the third correspondence relationship is the available uplink transmission time length and the available uplink transmission time Correspondence between indexes of length;
    所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,所述装置还包括:When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, the device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述可用上行发送时间长度、以及第四对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引,其中,所述第四对应关系为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。A processing unit, configured to determine an index of a ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to a preset time period according to the available uplink transmission time length and a fourth corresponding relationship, wherein the fourth corresponding relationship is the A correspondence relationship between the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period.
  56. 根据权利要求50-55中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,所述第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The device according to any one of claims 50-55, wherein the second indication information is carried in a medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information (UCI).
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中:The device according to claim 56, wherein the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein:
    所述第三字段为预留比特位,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
    所述第三字段为第一状态值时,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;所述第三字段为第二状态值时,所述第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the third field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
    所述第三字段指示功率余量等级,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息。The third field indicates a power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  58. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The device according to claim 56, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  59. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    收发单元,用于向终端设备发送物理上行信道资源的指示信息;a transceiver unit, configured to send indication information of physical uplink channel resources to the terminal device;
    所述收发单元,还用于接收终端设备在所述物理上行信道资源上发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述可用上行发送时间长度;The transceiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device on the physical uplink channel resource, where the second indication information is used to indicate the available uplink transmission time length;
    其中,所述可用上行发送时间长度为所述终端设备基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能 量确定的能够发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,所述第一时间段包括多个时间单元,所述可用上行发送能量为用于上行信号发送的可用能量,所述物理上行信道资源为物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Wherein, the available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units that the terminal device can transmit the uplink signal determined based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, the first time period includes a plurality of time units, so The available uplink transmission energy is available energy for uplink signal transmission, and the physical uplink channel resources are physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources and/or physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可用上行发送能量为时间窗的第一时间段内用于上行信号发送的可用能量,其中,The device according to claim 59, wherein the available uplink transmission energy is the available energy for uplink signal transmission within the first time period of the time window, wherein,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备的发射功率的平均值不超过第一阈值的时间段,所述发射功率的平均值是所述时间窗内各个时间单元的发射功率的平均值;和/或,The time window is a time period in which the average value of the transmit power of the terminal device does not exceed the first threshold, and the average value of the transmit power is the average value of the transmit power of each time unit within the time window; and/or ,
    所述时间窗为所述终端设备可以使用高于预设最大发射功率发送上行信号的时间段;和/或,在所述时间窗内所述终端设备用于上行信号发送的能量不超过第二阈值。The time window is a time period during which the terminal device can use a preset maximum transmit power to send an uplink signal; and/or, within the time window, the energy used by the terminal device for uplink signal transmission does not exceed the second threshold.
  61. 根据权利要求59或60所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为所述可用上行发送时间长度,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,或者,所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引。The device according to claim 59 or 60, wherein the second indication information is the available uplink transmission time length, or an index of the available uplink transmission time length, or the available uplink transmission time The ratio of the length to the length of the preset time period, or the index of the ratio of the available uplink sending time length to the length of the preset time period.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预设时间段为时间窗;或者,所述预设时间段为时间窗内的第一时间段。The device according to claim 61, wherein the preset time period is a time window; or, the preset time period is a first time period within the time window.
  63. 根据权利要求59-62中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 59-62 wherein,
    所述可用上行发送时间长度为基于第一时间段内的可用上行发送能量能够以第一预设功率发送上行信号的时间单元的数量,其中,所述第一预设功率为所述终端设备的最大发射功率。The available uplink transmission time length is the number of time units in which an uplink signal can be transmitted with a first preset power based on the available uplink transmission energy in the first time period, where the first preset power is the terminal device's Maximum transmit power.
  64. 根据权利要求61-63中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度的索引时,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 61-63, wherein when the second indication information is an index of available uplink transmission time length, the device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述可用上行发送时间长度的索引、以及第三对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度,其中,所述第三对应关系为可用上行发送时间长度和可用上行发送时间长度的索引之间的对应关系;A processing unit, configured to determine the available uplink transmission time length according to the index of the available uplink transmission time length and a third corresponding relationship, wherein the third correspondence relationship is the available uplink transmission time length and the available uplink transmission time Correspondence between indexes of length;
    所述第二指示信息为可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引时,所述装置还包括:When the second indication information is an index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, the device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引、以及第四对应关系,确定所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值,其中,所述第四对应关系为所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值和所述可用上行发送时间长度与预设时间段长度的比值的索引之间的对应关系。A processing unit, configured to determine the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length according to the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the preset time period length, and the fourth corresponding relationship, wherein the The fourth corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period and the index of the ratio of the available uplink transmission time length to the length of the preset time period.
  65. 根据权利要求59-64中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息承载于媒体接入控制单元;或者,所述第二指示信息为一种上行控制信息UCI。The device according to any one of claims 59-64, wherein the second indication information is carried in a medium access control unit; or, the second indication information is a kind of uplink control information (UCI).
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC CE包括第三字段和第四字段,其中,The device according to claim 65, wherein the MAC CE includes a third field and a fourth field, wherein,
    所述第三字段为预留比特位,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;或者,The third field is a reserved bit, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information; or,
    所述第三字段为第一状态值时,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息;所述第一字段为第二状态值时,所述第四字段指示功率余量等级;或者,When the third field is the first state value, the fourth field indicates the second indication information; when the first field is the second state value, the fourth field indicates the power headroom level; or,
    所述第三字段指示功率余量等级,所述第四字段指示所述第二指示信息。The third field indicates a power headroom level, and the fourth field indicates the second indication information.
  67. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述UCI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。The device according to claim 65, wherein the UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  68. 根据权利要求59-67中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 59-67, wherein the device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的目标资源,所述目标资源用于所述终端设备发送上行信号;或者,用于根据所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一时间段内的资源不用于所述终端设备发送上行信号。A processing unit, configured to determine a target resource within the first time period according to the second indication information, where the target resource is used for the terminal device to send an uplink signal; or, according to the second indication information , determining that resources within the first time period are not used by the terminal device to send uplink signals.
  69. 一种通信装置,包含至少一个处理器和存储器,所述存储器上存储有指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-7或16-24任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising at least one processor and a memory, and instructions are stored on the memory, and it is characterized in that, when the instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to claims 1-7 or 16-24 any one of the methods described.
  70. 一种通信装置,包含至少一个处理器和存储器,所述存储器上存储有指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8-15或25-34任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising at least one processor and a memory, and instructions are stored on the memory, and it is characterized in that, when the instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to claims 8-15 or 25-34. any one of the methods described.
  71. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-7或16-24任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions, wherein when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-7 or 16-24.
  72. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8-15或25-34中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions, characterized in that when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the method according to any one of claims 8-15 or 25-34 .
  73. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-7或16-24中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-7 or 16-24.
  74. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8-15或25-34中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 8-15 or 25-34.
PCT/CN2022/095139 2021-05-28 2022-05-26 Communication method and apparatus WO2022247888A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110594400.X 2021-05-28
CN202110594400.XA CN115413034A (en) 2021-05-28 2021-05-28 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022247888A1 true WO2022247888A1 (en) 2022-12-01

Family

ID=84156213

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/095139 WO2022247888A1 (en) 2021-05-28 2022-05-26 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115413034A (en)
WO (1) WO2022247888A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106961698A (en) * 2016-01-09 2017-07-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of indicated horsepower headroom reporting
CN109219126A (en) * 2017-06-29 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of power headroom reporting (PHR) sending method and equipment
CN110831159A (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and device
US20200329485A1 (en) * 2019-04-11 2020-10-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Scheduling based on available transmit power and channel state
CN111867090A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining power headroom
WO2021088000A1 (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106961698A (en) * 2016-01-09 2017-07-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of indicated horsepower headroom reporting
CN109219126A (en) * 2017-06-29 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of power headroom reporting (PHR) sending method and equipment
CN110831159A (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and device
US20200329485A1 (en) * 2019-04-11 2020-10-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Scheduling based on available transmit power and channel state
CN111867090A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining power headroom
WO2021088000A1 (en) * 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "On MPE enhancement for Rel-16", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-1915383, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Reno, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 8 November 2019 (2019-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051819583 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115413034A (en) 2022-11-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101634691B1 (en) Terminal requested base station controlled terminal transmission throttling
WO2021016973A1 (en) Information transmission method, electronic apparatus, and storage medium
WO2017166141A1 (en) Data sending method and apparatus, and base station
WO2020143057A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining channel access scheme, terminal device, and network device
EP3806557A1 (en) Paging message transmission method and related equipment
US11700543B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data and communication system
WO2020221861A1 (en) Enhanced initial access for efficient small data transmission
WO2020191588A1 (en) Method and apparatus for channel detection, and storage medium
US20220014901A1 (en) Method and apparatus for identifying user equipment capability in sidelink transmission
WO2019213979A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
EP3852465B1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2021057564A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting priority of channel state information, method and apparatus for determining priority of channel state information, storage medium, and user equipment
WO2020088391A1 (en) Power control method and terminal device
CN114364040B (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022247888A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020156394A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus
WO2022237629A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
US20220159685A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2023125156A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021138762A1 (en) Transmission time information notifying method and apparatus
WO2023019490A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus and terminal device
WO2023245642A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN113692018B (en) Data processing method and device and terminal equipment
US20230262724A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
WO2021228053A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22810612

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE